7040-681 IBM pSeries 690 Central Electronics Complex Model 681

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised:  September 04, 2018.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product life cycle dates TOC Link Technical description
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Features
TOC Link Description TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Product positioning TOC Link Machine elements
TOC Link Models TOC Link Supplies

 
Product life cycle dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
7040-681 2001/10/042001/12/14 2005/11/182018/06/30

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

IBM UNIX systems consist of the IBM eServer pSeries and IBM RS/6000 product lines. Providing unprecedented value, these innovative systems feature IBM's leading-edge technology and run the top-rated UNIX operating system, AIX. This broad product line ranges from powerful workstations ideal for mechanical design; to mission-critical symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) servers for ERP, SCM, CRM, transaction processing, and Web serving; up to parallel RS/6000 SP systems that can handle demanding scientific and technical computing and business intelligence tasks. These platforms provide the power to create change and the flexibility to manage it, with thousands of applications that provide real value. More than 1,000,000 systems have shipped to over 135,000 businesses worldwide.

Model abstract 7040-681

The IBM 7040 Model 681 Central Electronics Complex pSeries 690 provides outstanding 64-bit compute performance for the UNIX environment. It features SOI (silicon on insulator) copper chip technology, mainframe inspired logical partitioning (LPAR) and self-managing capabilities.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

See Model Highlights.

Model highlights 7040-681

IBM Innovative Technology -- A UNIX server featuring

  • IBM SOI/copper chip technology
  • Mainframe-inspired LPAR and self-managing capabilities
  • Cost-efficient growth path to the future
    • 64-bit system scalability:
      • 8-way, 16-way, 24-way, or 32-way -- packaged on four Multi-Chip Modules (four or eight POWER4 or POWER4+ processors per MCM)
      • 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz POWER4 processors
      • 1.5 GHz, 1.7 or 1.9 GHz POWER4+ processors
      • 128 MB of L3 ECC cache per MCM
    • DDR System memory expandable from 8 GB to 1024 GB
    • Up to eight 7040-61D I/O drawers per server; each I/O drawer supports 20 blind-swap PCI or PCI-X bus slots and up to 16 Ultra3 SCSI disks that can be hot-plugged
    • Hardware split into as many as thirty-two LPARs, each functioning as a "computer within a computer" with its instance of the operating system

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

Innovative IBM eServer platforms with new tools and application flexibility help lower costs, improve efficiency, and expedite e-business transformation.

  • Innovative Technology - Mainframe-inspired features extends IBM's leadership in open UNIX systems
  • New Tools - Manage e-business infrastructure with self- managing IBM eServer platforms
  • Application Flexibility -- Uncompromised flexibility in selecting, building, and deploying e-business infrastructure applications

The IBM eServer pSeries 690 (7040-681) is the first in a family of products representing a new generation of IBM's 64-bit, symmetric multiprocessing UNIX (SMP) servers. It gives you the power you need to consolidate workloads within a single, powerful, UNIX system. The large SMP server no longer functions merely as a server, but rather as a self- contained "IT infrastructure in a box."

The attributes of the pSeries 690 set the stage to grow as your needs change:

  • High availability
  • Scalability
  • Reliability
  • Flexibility

Use it as you make your transition from existing RS/6000 Model S80 and p680 units or move to a brand new computing model.

New platform designs and new features (for example, SMP performance, serviceability, assurances, and logical partitioning), position the pSeries 690 to satisfy the unpredictable and unprecedented performance, capacity, and availability you demand. It can also handle high-growth e-business, NetGen segments, the Telco Customer Care and Billing (CCB) subsegment of CRM, and the high performance computing environment.

You can partition the system in up to 32 logical partitions for a variety of cost-saving efficiencies that spell effective competition.

Key benefits:

  • Fewer systems to manage and maintain:
    • Less floor space and power
    • Reduced likelihood of operator error
  • Greater flexibility in:
    • Using available capacity
    • Matching dynamically changing workloads
    • Managing rolling software upgrades
  • High availability by repartitioning your system
  • Enhanced management using of the Hardware Management Console
  • Hardware and software in supporting multiple instances of the AIX operating system and applications

You gain leading-edge technologies, such as the POWER4 or POWER4+ microprocessor, logical partitioning, and enhanced management features to bolster continuous operation and workload management in your 24 x 7 business environment.

The system is driven by IBM's world-class UNIX operating system, AIX 5L.

Innovative Technology The p690 further extends IBM's leadership with enhanced processors, self-managing, LPAR and configuration capabilities for its pSeries of UNIX systems.

  • Designed for the self-managed environment with high levels of reliability, availability and serviceability (RAS) capability:
    • Self-configuring; hot-plug disk and PCI
    • Self-healing; Chipkill, memory bit scrubbing, dynamic de-allocation of processors, cache, PCI bus, and LPAR
    • Self-optimizing; Workload Manager, LPAR
    • Self-protecting; cryptographic coprocessors, digital certificates, Kerberos
  • Leadership technology:
    • Copper and silicon-on-insulator (SOI) helps produce faster chips that run cooler
    • POWER4 and POWER4+ processors provide SMP on a chip with dual microprocessors
    • Up to 1.9 GHz, 64-bit processors
  • Flexible configurations:
    • SMP, LPAR, Clusters

The pSeries 690 can be attached to SP systems. The design of the Central Electronics Complex (CEC) is intended to eliminate the concept of unique nodes. SP implementations are intended to be configurations of clustered pSeries 690 servers. For the first time, SP CECs and base server designs will be indistinguishable. The combination of LPAR, common CEC hardware, platform-optimized I/O drawers, a common hardware console, common switch fabric, and attachment adapters will provide customers with new levels of flexibility and scalability not previously available in a UNIX system.

The pSeries meets a diverse set of needs scaling from small departmental and distributed systems to massively parallel super computers. Each pSeries features IBM's UNIX operating system AIX 5L, the most open UNIX with Linux Affinity. For more information about Linux running on IBM eServer pSeries consult:

http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/linux/

Linux for pSeries is available directly from the Linux distributors. IBM does not sell nor install Linux on pSeries systems.

The ultra-powerful IBM eServer pSeries 690 sets the standard for datacenter-class UNIX servers with its mainframe-heritage LPAR and self- managing features.

The p690 was the first system to offer the POWER4 microprocessor. The POWER4 chip was the first ever dual processor SMP on a single piece of silicon. The balanced performance of the POWER4 and POWER4+ chips are equally at home with mission-critical commercial or compute-intensive applications.

The system features include:

  • Full 64-bit implementation
  • AIX 5L V5.1 or V5.2
  • 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz POWER4 processors 1.5 GHz 1.7 or 1.9 GHz POWER4+ processors
  • 8-, 16-, 24-, 32-way SMPs
  • 8 GB to 1024 GB DDR memory
  • L2 and L3 ECC caches
  • Up to 32 Logical Partitions (LPAR)
  • Service processor for RAS
  • First Failure Data Capture
  • Self-diagnosing and healing features
  • IBM Hardware Management Console for pSeries (HMC)

The pSeries 690 can be configured up to eight 7040-61D I/O Drawers. The I/O drawers can contain up to 16 hot-swap capable disks structured into four 4-packs of 18.2 GB, 36.4 GB, 73.4 GB or 146.8 GB disks. This delivers up to 2.34 terabytes maximum per I/O Drawer, with up to 8 drawers and 18.79 terabytes of internal disk for the system.

The drawer contains two planars with 10 slots per planar, 20 slots/drawer, with a maximum of 160 slots per system. The slots are hot- pluggable to permit PCI or PCI-X adapters to be added or replaced without extending the I/O drawer, all while the system remains available to the customer.

For unmatched UNIX system performance and scalability, up to 16 POWER4 or POWER4+ chips (32-way) can be added to the pSeries 690. To help customers consolidate UNIX and Linux workloads the system can be split into as many as 32 logical partitions.

Complementing the power of the pSeries 690 is extraordinary self- managing capabilities. The system can detect faulty memory, processors, cache and PCI buses and dynamically take them offline. It even makes the service call. All of this without requiring administrative action or interrupting operations. Growth is easy with hot-swappable disk drive and hot-plug PCI and PCI-X. For the ultimate in availability the systems can be clustered together with High Availability Cluster Multiprocessing software.

Self-managing Systems

Complexity is a way of life for businesses today. On average, companies must contend with five different architectures in their e-business infrastructure. The challenge customers face is how to manage all of these resources cost effectively while transforming their infrastructure. Compounding the problem is the projected short fall of skills and the explosive growth of the Internet.

This all-encompassing strategy addresses the self-management needs in four areas:

  • Self-configuring -- systems can be reconfigured or expanded without interrupting operations
  • Self-healing -- systems can detect impending problems and correct for them automatically to keep systems going and lower administrative expense
  • Self-optimizing -- systems can dynamically balance resources and workloads to maximize responsiveness and throughput
  • Self-protecting -- systems can help protect transactions and enterprise data

I/O Drawer

The 7040-61D I/O drawer provides PCI adapter slots and internal disk capabilities for use with pSeries servers such as the pSeries 690 (7040-681). The Model 61D is a 4U drawer which mounts in the 24-inch 7040-61R System Rack and connects to the system Central Electronics Complex via remote I/O cables.

Each Model 61D I/O drawer provides 20 blind-swap PCI or PCI-X slots and sixteen hot-swap disk bays. The Model 61D utilizes redundant power converters and power cabling to help ensure high reliability and availability. It utilizes 350 V bulk power supplied from the 7040-61R system rack.

System Rack

The 7040-61R System Rack provides space for mounting system drawer components for pSeries servers such as the pSeries 690 Central Electronics Complex (7040-681) and the 7040-61D I/O drawers. The Model 61R is a 24-inch rack which provides 42U of rack space.

The 7040-61R utilizes a 350 V DC bulk power subsystem to provide power for the components within the rack. The bulk power subsystem incorporates redundant bulk power assemblies mounted in the front and rear sections of the top 8U of the rack.

If additional 24-inch rack space is required an optional expansion rack feature is available for the Model 61R rack. The expansion rack feature connects to the side of the primary rack to provide an additional 42U of rack space. The components in the expansion rack are powered from the bulk power subsystem in the primary Model 61R rack.

RAS Features and Functions

Excellent quality and reliability features are the keys to all facets of IBM eServer pSeries products. The measures taken help ensure the products operate when required, perform reliably, efficiently handle infrequent failures in a nondisruptive fashion, and provide timely and competent repair to allow resumption of operations with minimal inconvenience.

Reliability begins with the development of architectures, where RAS innovations are of paramount importance. The reliability concept flows through design and product development stages, where RAS designs are reviewed, assessed, developed, evaluated, and optimized. It continues through the manufacturing and release processes, where the manufacturing quality is extensively measured and is under continual evaluation. It culminates in service and support, where:

  • Reliability is consistently monitored for deviation from the criteria.
  • Warranty and maintenance have high priority.
  • Significant customer problems are assigned to and addressed by an expert team.

IBM eServer pSeries 690 system processes, from the architectural and concept phases of development through the provision of service and support, are ISO certified and audited periodically for ISO compliance by representatives of Underwriters Laboratories.

Reliability -- Fault Avoidance

Major effort has been spent on the development of the p690 system to analyze single points-of-failure within the central electronic complex (CEC) (comprised of the processors, memory, and the I/O interface) and to either eliminate them or to provide hardening capabilities to significantly reduce the probability of failure. The best way to harden a system is to prevent errors from occurring. Components within the CEC were selected to provide "server" levels of reliability. These components undergo the highest level of reliability testing within IBM. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems again go through a thorough testing process designed to ensure highest product quality level.

Extensive error detecting and checking circuitry is included to help ensure that infrequent component failures are recognized and corrected automatically, and properly reported for isolation and repair. This helps preserve the integrity of data stored and transported in the system. To support a diagnostic technique called "run time first failure data capture", errors detected by the CEC error checking circuitry are automatically captured and analyzed by the service processor at the time of error. The system is designed to identify and log the appropriate replacement part or parts without the need to reproduce the error condition. The purpose of this function is to significantly reduce the repeat failure and repair scenarios associated with error recreate strategies by providing the correct isolation at the time of the failure. Reduced outages and quicker repair time can result in higher system reliability and better overall availability.

Hardware and software failures are recorded in the AIX log facility and analyzed by error log analysis (ELA) routines to provide warning to the system administrator on the causes of system problems. On p690 systems, all service action requests are forwarded from the operating system partitions to a Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the Hardware Management Console (HMC). The service focal point application analyzes the potentially duplicate reported failures from the various logical partitions, attempts to determine the root cause of the fault, and upon identifying the cause, initiates call-home requests to IBM support utilizing the HMC modem and the Service Agent application program. This enables IBM service representatives to have available needed replacement hardware components when a service call is placed, thus minimizing system repair time.

Availability -- Backup and Replication

Power and Cooling Subsystem

The pSeries 690 brings new a level of availability features and functions to the Enterprise Server. Within the CEC Rack, the N+1 power and cooling subsystem can provide complete redundancy in case of failures in the bulk or regulated power supplies, the power controllers and the cooling units. Concurrent repair is supported on all of the power and cooling components.

The p690 also features redundant Internal Battery Features (IBF) to hold the system up during brown-out conditions. For full power loss protection, the p690 supports optional uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems in addition to, or in place of, the IBF features.

In the I/O drawers, N+1 power and cooling is provided with the capability for concurrent repair of the power components and deferred repair of the cooling units.

Constant power monitoring hardware assists in detection of early loss of source power, and is designed to notify the operating system to effect an orderly shutdown. This same power monitoring hardware can detect the loss of redundant bulk power supplies, regulators, fans, and blowers and report them to the operating system for entry in the system error log and for maintenance notification.

CEC Subsystem

RAS features such as ECC on the L1 data cache and L2 data and directory caches can provide dynamic detection and correction of hard or soft array cell failures. Dynamic de-allocation functions include:

  • L3 cache line detect and L2 cache de-allocation
  • Individual L3 cache memory bypass
  • L2 cache and CPU de-allocation
  • Redundant bit steering in L1 and L2 caches and L2 and L3 directory arrays

Building on the robust features of the processor complex, the p690 system has enhanced error detection and prevention capabilities. These processor RAS features are called Dynamic Processor De-allocation and Persistent Processor De-allocation. Predictive failure analysis is performed on recoverable processor errors during run-time. If a processor exceeds a threshold of recoverable errors such as on L2 cache accesses, the system is designed to log the event marked and deconfigure the processor from the system while the operating system continues to run. This feature allows the processor to be repaired on a deferred basis while helping prevent an unscheduled system outage.

Persistent Processor De-allocation is designed to ensure that on subsequent reboots, the processor remains out of the system configuration until replaced. The standard memory card has single error-correct and double-error detect ECC circuitry to correct single-bit memory failures. The double-bit detection helps maintain data integrity by detecting and reporting multiple errors beyond what the ECC circuitry can correct. The memory chips are organized such that the failure of any specific memory module should only affect a single bit within an ECC word (bit scattering), thus allowing for error correction and continued operation in the presence of a complete chip failure (Chipkill recovery).

This memory card also utilizes memory scrubbing and thresholding to determine when spare memory modules within each bank of memory should be used to replace ones that have exceeded their threshold value (dynamic bit steering). Memory scrubbing is the process of reading the contents of memory during idle time and checking and correcting any single-bit errors that have accumulated. These single-bit failures could be either solid (technology failures) or soft failures (intermittent errors caused by noise or other cosmic effects). If an error is detected, the system is designed to correct it by passing the data through the ECC logic that corrects the fault and then writing the corrected contents back to its memory address location.

In order to prevent an uncorrectable memory error from causing a system outage, the service processor is designed to initiate a deferred maintenance request on memory cards that have used their spare bits and are experiencing additional correctable errors (memory predictive failure analysis).

DASD predictive failure analysis is designed to detect an imminent disk failure and report the findings through the AIX log. Then the disk can be replaced either immediately or scheduled at a later time, depending on the configuration of the DASD subsystem. With the hot-plug disk design, normal operation can continue in the presence of a failed disk and a concurrent repair can be performed while the application continues uninterrupted.

Availability - UE Error Handling

Rare events in the processor, cache, and memory subsystems sometimes cause errors that exceed the error correction capability, and become Uncorrectable Errors (Ues). In other systems, these result in immediate checkstop with the offending component fully identified by the run time diagnostics. The p690 is designed not to cause a check stop of the system in these instances. Instead, the corrupted data is specially marked until used by a processor, at which time a new synchronous machine check interrupt allows AIX to localize the effect to a single LPAR partition or a software process. This provides the capability of localizing a global system resource to affecting only the partition utilizing the resource instead of checkstopping all system partitions. The affected partition can then be rebooted with significantly reduced boot time as compared to a full system reboot.

I/O Subsystem

The interface from the processor to the I/O is through the Remote I/O (RIO) link. This link uses a loop interconnect technology to provide redundant paths to I/O drawers. There is a maximum of 1 I/O drawer on each loop path, with a total of 8 I/O drawers per system. RIO availability features include CRC checking on the RIO bus with packet retry on bus timeouts. In addition, if a RIO link fails, the hardware is designed to automatically initiate a RIO bus reassignment to route the data through the alternate path to its intended destination.

Availability - PCI Bus Error Recovery

In the p690 system, the PCI slots in the I/O expansion drawers have specialized hardware and system firmware to support PCI Bus Parity Error Recovery. The specialized hardware function is designed to interact with the software device driver to help prevent PCI slot bus errors from causing a system machine check interrupt and subsequent reboot. Instead, errors are reported locally to the specific device driver controlling activity to the PCI device. Special firmware commands allow the device driver to reset the slot and retry the command, and perform other recovery operations without affecting the total system operation.

The purpose of this design point is also to provide better fault isolation for PCI adapters because each PCI adapter is in essence on its own PCI bus. If it has an interface error, it only affects this single adapter instead of all other adapters residing on the common PCI bus. Thus repair time is significantly reduced because isolation is to the specific adapter and PCI hot plug allows concurrent repair of that card without affecting other adapters.

The pSeries 690 uses AIX online (concurrent) diagnostics with error log analysis and service aids, which can allow administrators or IBM service representatives to diagnose potential system malfunction without interrupting end-user operation.

Auto-restart options, when enabled, are designed to reboot the system automatically following:

  • Unrecoverable software error
  • Software hang
  • Hardware failure
  • Environmentally-induced (AC power) failure

These standard, high-availability features, coupled with the optional High Availability Cluster Multi-Processing (HACMP) program, are designed to provide unmatched availability among UNIX systems.

Serviceability -- Correcting Faults

The pSeries 690 product is designed to be installed and maintained by a trained service representative.

Much of the repair of the p690 system can be done in either a concurrent repair or a deferred repair scenario. Areas of the system that support the concurrent repair scenario are PCI adapters, the entire CEC power and cooling subsystem and the power subsystem on the I/O drawers as well as the integrated disk units. Deferred repair scenarios are supported for the I/O drawer cooling units, Remote I/O (RIO) connections, power connections, and predictive failure analyzed portions of the CEC including the processors and memory subsystems when components have been varied off either dynamically or at boot time.

Microcode Discovery Service

Microcode Discovery Service is a new service that allows you to determine if your pSeries 690 is at the latest microcode level. Using a secure Internet connection and a Web browser, Microcode Discovery Service can capture the machine data and generate a real-time comparison report showing subsystems that may need to be updated.

To accomplish this, you must install the new service tool onto your system. This tool, Inventory Scout, will run as a daemon on the server. The tool will create a file containing the current level of all microcode (adapters, devices, system, and support processor) levels in the system. This file will be used to compare the system level codes against the latest available levels on the IBM Web site. You will then receive a report notifying you of any new updates available along with a link from which the microcode can be downloaded.

This service will allow you to maintain the pSeries 690 microcode at the latest levels to obtain peak performance. This service will be available to customers through the Worldwide Support Centers.

  • Service Focal Point

    To accommodate error reporting, analysis and repair in the LPAR environment, a new application was developed to run on the Hardware Management Console (HMC). This application is called the Service Focal Point (SFP) and leverages the design capabilities of the HMC to provide equivalent virtual function to the current capabilities presented by physical op panels, service processor TTY menu interfaces and system firmware interfaces as well as capability for configuring/reconfiguring building block hardware into partitions. The Service Focal Point is a system infrastructure which manages serviceable event information for the system building blocks. It consists of resource managers which monitor and record information about different objects in the system. It filters and correlates events from the resource managers and initiates calls home when appropriate. It also provides a user interface which allows a user to view the events and perform problem determination. When a problem is corrected the user can record actions that have been taken to resolve the hardware problem. These features of SFP support the overall problem management strategy in a complex system.

    The SFP application receives service action events from the Service Processor for critical system down situations, and from the Service Agent application programs running on the individual logical partitions for system recoverable or predictive events as well as Operating System or device driver detected events.

  • Service Action Event Log

    The SFP collects the serviceable events from different building blocks together in a Service Action Event (SAE) log. The log entries are generated by analysis routines that run on an error that has occurred in a building block. The resource manager for the building block forwards information about the event to the service focal point and the information is placed in the SAE log. The particular content of the error data depends upon the type of the error and on the system configuration itself.

    The SAE log on the SFP also contains pointers to extended information that may have been recorded at the time of a serviceable event by the building block. Extended error collection includes not only the collection of first failure data capture, but also vital product data, partition information, operating system error logs, service processor error logs, error register data, etc.

    When the SFP receives a new log entry, filtering is performed to determine if this was a unique event. The filtering is done because sometimes an event notification can come from more than one resource manager for the same event or a resource manager may forward a notification for an event which previously occurred but has not been corrected yet.

  • Service Agent Component

    When a service action event is logged in the SFP, the system needs to communicate the failure back to IBM. During this call-home function, particular error data and system configuration information needs to be sent to IBM to drive the service delivery infrastructure. The SFP utilizes the Service Agent focal point application residing on the HMC along with the HMC modem to initiate the call home and transfer the pertinent error information to IBM Service. When a call home is required, Service Agent manages the connection to IBM which is used to open a problem record. The problem record is used by the service delivery team to determine whether or not to dispatch a customer engineer (CE) with the appropriate service parts to the system to perform a repair.

    When service personnel perform a repair on the system, the SFP is used to identify the source of the problem and record information relating to the repair. When the repair has been completed, the service representative can update the SAE log with FRU replacement information and any comments that the service representative has. The information stored by the SFP represents the system's service history and can be used to ensure proper maintenance over the life of the system.

  • Guiding Light Maintenance

    To assist the service representative in locating the correct system unit and drawer that contain the fault requiring repair, the SFP can enable the capability to flash LEDs on the respective system unit and drawer that contain the fault.

Service Support

Hardware service requests go to IBM's remote support center for initial problem diagnosis. This approach gives you direct access to skilled specialists. These specialists can either solve the problem over the phone or help get it resolved as quickly as possible. They are backed up by a highly-trained product engineering team to assist in problem identification and resolution.
Back to topBack to top
 

Product positioning

The pSeries 690 will benefit customers in all segments. Traditional enterprise customers need more powerful systems as they integrate and extend their mission-critical operations, such as Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Customer Relationship Management (CRM), and Supply Chain Management (SCM) to include e-business and e-commerce, the subset of e-business concerned with buying and selling using the Internet. It is designed to provide the availability, reliability, scalability, and performance that address key unmet customer needs:

  • Compete effectively by increasing business efficiency
  • Streamline decision management by integrating business and management processes
  • Improve customer service by extending business and management processes to include customers and business partners

This UNIX High-end mainframe-inspired super server is ideal for large enterprises with heavy duty commercial workloads that require highly reliable continuous operation as well as for scientific and technical workloads that require significant number crunching and near linear scalability. It has the flexibility to perform as a high-end SMP with LPAR and HACMP high availability software.

The benefits of the pSeries 690 vary by usage. For server consolidation, reducing the complexity of managing systems, reducing the physical footprint, increasing flexibility, improving availability, increasing security, and decreasing overhead costs can be experienced by utilizing the system capabilities.

For the e-Infrastructure environments, quality of service to customers is enhanced, level of system security is increased, the time to deploy is decreased, the infrastructure is more easily managed, performance is maximized, and new technologies are integrated and utilized.

The p690 also provides an excellent approach to a wide range of high performance computing applications because of high performance characteristics, quality operating environment, wide range of configurations, and ability to be clustered as workload demands increase. pSeries 690 systems configured with 4-way, HPC option processor Multi-Chip Modules (MCM features #5240 and #5250) may be especially attractive to customers in the high performance computing environment. This configuration provides twice the amount of Level 2 and Level 3 cache, as well as additional memory bandwidth, per processor when compared to p690 systems configured with 8-way processor MCMs. The additional cache and memory bandwidth provided by this configuration may provide significantly higher performance per processor for certain engineering and technical environment applications.

The fast engine and increased performance, the ability to tackle larger problems, leadership technology and skill management provide the benefits in a high-performance computing environment.

In addition, for core applications, the p690 enables additional growth for database engines, high application availability, two-tier approaches using LPAR, and increased BI enablement due to performance and capacity improvements.
Back to topBack to top
 

Models

Model summary matrix

                                                        Optical
       64-Bit                          Hard     Slot     Storage
Model  Processor     Speed    Memory   Drive    Maximum  Device
-----  ----------    -------  ------   -------- -------  -------
681    8-,16-,24-    1.1 GHz, 8 GB     Up to    160 PCI  CD-ROM
       32-way        1.3 GHz,   to     128 hot-    or    DVD-RAM
                     1.5 GHz, 1024 GB  swap     PCI-X
                     1.7 GHz           disk
                     1.9 GHz           bays
 

Customer setup (CSU)

None.

Devices supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 7040.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

           6   X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
           8 
           1 
   MT-MOD            DESCRIPTION
 --------- - ---------------------------------------------------------
 ---------+-+--------SWITCH-------------------------------------------
 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2031-016  X  McDATA Model 016 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch
 2031-032  X  McDATA Model 032 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch
 2031-L00  X  McDATA Model L00 ES-1000 Loop Switch
 2032-001  X  McDATA ED-5000 Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch
 2032-064  X  McDATA Model 064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
 2042-001  X  Inrange FC/9000 64-port Fibre Channel Director
 2042-128  X  Inrange FC/9000 128-port Fibre Channel Director
 2109-F16  X  IBM SAN 2 GB Fibre Channel Switch Model F16
 2109-S08  X  IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S08
 2109-S16  X  IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S16
 7045-SW4  X  IBM pSeries High Performance Switch
             
 ---------+-+--------DISK---------------------------------------------
 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2101-100  X  Seascape Solutions Rack
 2102-D00  X  IBM Expandable Storage Unit
 2102-F10  X  IBM Fibre Channel Raid Storage Server
 2103-H07  X  Fibre Channel Storage Hub
 2104-DL1  X  IBM Expandable Storage Plus Model DL1
 2104-DU3  X  Expandable Storage Plus Model DU3
 2104-TL1  X  IBM Expandable Storage Plus Model TL1
 2104-TU3  X  Expandable Storage Plus Model TU3
 2105-E10  X  IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model E10
 2105-E20  X  IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model E20
 2105-F10  X  IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F10
 2105-F20  X  IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F20
 7027-HSC  X  IBM High Capacity Drawer Model HSC
 7027-HSD  X  IBM High Capacity Drawer Model HSD
 7131-105  X  IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105
 7131-405  X  IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 405
 7133-010  X  IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
                   Model 010
 7133-020  X  IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
                   Model 020
 7133-500  X  IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
                   Model 500
 7133-600  X  IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
                   Model 600
 7133-D40  X  IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model D40
 7133-T40  X  IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model T40
 7134-010  X  High Density SCSI Disk Subsystem
 7135-210  X  IBM RAIDiant Array Model 210
 7137-412  X  IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 412
 7137-413  X  IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 413
 7137-414  X  IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 414
 7137-415  X  IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 415
 7137-512  X  IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 512
 7137-513  X  IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 513
 7137-514  X  IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 514
 7137-515  X  IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 515
 7203-001  X  IBM RS/6000 External Portable Disk Drive Model 001
 7204-001  X  1 GB Disk Drive
 7204-010  X  1 GB Disk Drive
 7204-112  X  1.1 GB Fast/Wide Disk Drive
 7204-113  X  IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 113
 7204-114  X  IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 114
 7204-118  X  IBM 7204 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 118
 7204-139  X  IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 139
 7204-215  X  2 GB Differential Disk Drive
 7204-315  X  IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 315
 7204-317  X  IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 317
 7204-320  X  320 MB Disk Drive
 7204-325  X  IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 325
 7204-339  X  IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 339
 7204-402  X  IBM External Disk Drive Model 402
 7204-404  X  IBM External Disk Drive Model 404
 7204-409  X  IBM  9.1 GB External Disk Drive Model 409
 7204-418  X  IBM 7204-418 18 GB DE External Disk Drive
 7204-419  X  IBM 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 419
 7204-518  X  IBM 7204 Model 518 18.3 GB External Disk Drive
                (through I/O drawer (7040-61D))
 7204-536  X  IBM 7204 Model 536 36.7 GB External Disk Drive
                (through I/O drawer (7040-61D))
             
 ---------+-+--------DISPLAYS------------------------------------------
 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  - - - - - -
 6546-00E  X  G52 Display
 6546-00N  X  G52 Display
 6546-01E  X  G52 Display
 6546-01S  X  G52 Display
 6546-0AE  X  G54 Display
 6546-0AN  X  G54 Display
 6546-0BE  X  G54 Display
 6546-0BN  X  G54 Display
 6546-0BS  X  G54 Display
 6546-21N  X  G52 Display
 6546-2BN  X  G54 Display
 6546-31N  X  G52 Display
 6546-4AN  X  G54 Display
 6546-6BN  X  G54 Display
 7315-C01  X  Hardware Management Console
 
 ---------+-+------------OPTICAL--------------------------------------
 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3996-032  X  IBM System Storage Model 032
 3996-080  X  IBM System Storage Model 080
 3996-174  X  IBM System Storage Model 174
 
 ---------+-+--------STORAGE NETWORK DEVICES--------------------------
 - - - - - - - - - - BUS CONVERTER - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2108-G07  X  IBM Storage Area Network Data Gateway Model G07
 - - - - - - - - - - ROUTER- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2108-R03  X  IBM Storage Area Network Data Gateway Model R03
             
 ---------+-+--------SCSI DEVICES-------------------------------------
 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3995-063  X  Optical Library Dataserver (2 Drives)
 3995-163  X  Optical Library Dataserver (4 Drives)
 3995-A63  X  Optical Library Dataserver (1 Drive)
 3995-C60  X  IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C62  X  IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C64  X  IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C66  X  IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C68  X  IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 7209-003  X  IBM Multifunction Optical Disk Drive Model 003
 7210-025  X  IBM DVD-RAM Drive Model 025
             
 ---------+-+--------TAPE---------------------------------------------
 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3490-C11  X  IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C11
 3490-C1A  X  IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Family Model C1A
 3490-C22  X  IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C22
 3490-C2A  X  Magnetic Tape Subsystem
 3490-E01  X  IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model E01
 3490-E11  X  IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model E11
 3490-F00  X  IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F00
 3490-F01  X  IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F01
 3490-F11  X  IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F11
 3490-F1A  X  Magnetic Tape Subsystem * 18/36 track, 3494 att, 1
                   drive, 2.4 GB
 3490-FC0  X  IBM Rack Model FC0
 3494-B10  X  IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B10
 3494-B18  X  IBM Magstar Virtual Tape Server  Model B18
 3494-B20  X  IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B20
 3494-D10  X  IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D10
 3494-D12  X  IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D12
 3494-D14  X  Tape Library Dataserver (Tape Drive Unit)
 3494-HA1  X  IBM Magstar 3494 High Availability Unit Model HA1
 3494-L10  X  IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L10
 3494-L12  X  IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L12
 3494-L14  X  IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L14
 3494-S10  X  IBM Magstar Tape Library Model S10
 3570-B00  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B00
 3570-B01  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B01
 3570-B02  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B02
 3570-B11  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3570-B12  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B12
 3570-B1A  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model B1A
 3570-C00  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C00
 3570-C01  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C01
 3570-C02  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C02
 3570-C11  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C11
 3570-C12  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C12
 3575-L06  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L06
 3575-L12  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L12
 3575-L18  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L18
 3575-L24  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L24
 3575-L32  X  IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L32
 3577-L5U  X  IBM System Storage TS3400 Tape Library
 3580-H11  X  Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (HVD)
 3580-H23  X  IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
 3580-L11  X  Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (LVD)
 3580-L23  X  IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
 3581-H17  X  Linear Tape Open (LTO) Autoloader (HVD)
 3581-L17  X  Linear Tape Open (LTO) Autoloader (LVD)
 3581-H23  X  IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Autoloader
 3581-L23  X  IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Autoloader
 3583-L18  X  Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3583-L36  X  Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3583-L72  X  Linear Tape Open (LTO) Tape Library - Scalable
 3584-D22  X  IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
                 3584 Model D22 Expansion Frame
 3584-D32  X  IBM Ultrium 3584 Ultra-Scalable Tape Library - Base Frame
 3584-D42  X  IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model D42
 3584-D52  X  IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
                 3584 Model D52 Expansion Frame
 3584-HA1  X  IBM TotalStorage 3584 High Availability Frame Model HA1
 3584-L22  X  IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
                 3584 Model L22 Base Frame
 3584-L32  X  IBM Ultrium 3584 Ultra-Scalable Tape Library -
                   Expansion Frame
 3584-L52  X  IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
                 3584 Model L52 Base Frame
 3590-B11  X  IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3590-B1A  X  IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B1A
 3590-C12  X  IBM Magstar Silo Compatible Frame Model C1A
 3590-H11  X  IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H11
                (through I/O drawer 7040-61D)
 3590-H1A  X  IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H1A
                (through I/O drawer 7040-61D)
 3592-E05  X  IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
 7205-311  X  IBM 35 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive Model 311
 7205-440  X  IBM 7205 Model 440 40 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive
 7206-005  X  IBM External 4 MM Tape Drive Model 005
 7206-110  X  IBM 12 GB External 4 MM DDS-3 Tape Drive Model 110
 7206-220  X  IBM 20 GB External 4 MM DDS-4 Tape Drive Model 220
 7206-VX2  X  IBM 7206 Model VX2 External Tape Drive
                (through I/O drawer (7040-61D))
 7207-011  X  IBM RS/6000 1/4-inch External Cartridge Tape Drive
                   Model 011
 7207-012  X  IBM RS/6000 1/4-inch External Cartridge Tape Drive
                   Model 012
 7207-122  X  IBM 4 GB External SLR5 QIC Tape Drive Model 122
 7207-315  X  IBM RS/6000 13 GB 1/4-inch Tape Drive Model 315
 7208-011  X  IBM External 8 MM Tape Drive Model 011
 7208-341  X  IBM 20 GB External 8 MM Tape Drive Model 341
 7208-345  X  IBM 7208 Model 345 60 GB External 8MM Tape Drive
 7331-205  X  IBM 8 MM Tape Library Model 205
 7331-305  X  IBM 8 MM Tape Library Model 305
 7332-005  X  IBM 4 MM DDS-2 Tape Autoloader Model 005
 7332-110  X  IBM 4 MM DDS-3 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 110
 7332-220  X  IBM 4 MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 7334-410  X  IBM 7334 Model 410 8MM Tape Library (MAM2 4x30)
 7336-205  X  IBM 4 MM Tape Library Model 205
 7337-305  X  IBM Digital Linear Tape Library Model 305
 7337-306  X  IBM Digital Linear Tape Library Model 306
 7337-360  X  IBM 7337 Digital Linear Tape Library Model 360
             
 ---------+-+--------EXPANSION CABINETS-------------------------------
 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2032-C36  X  McDATA Model 0C3 FC-512 Cabinet for McDATA Directors
                   and Fabric Switch
 2042-C40  X  Inrange 40U Cabinet
 7012-G02  X  Expansion Cabinet
 7014-S00  X  1.6 Meter System Rack - 32U
 7014-T00  X  1.8 Meter System Rack - 36U
 7014-T42  X  2.0 Meter System Rack - 42U
 7015-R00  X  1.6 Meter System Rack - 32U
 7031-D24  X  Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
 7031-T24  X  Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
 7040-61D  X  I/O Drawer
 7040-61R  X  System Rack
 

Model conversions

From                To
Type  Model         Type  Model
-----------         ------------
7040  671           7040  681(1)
 

Note: (1) Parts removed or replaced become the property of IBM and must be returned.

pSeries 670 to pSeries 690 Model Conversions:

A model conversion from pSeries 670 to pSeries 690 servers is available. Customers with installed 16-way pSeries 670 servers may convert them to pSeries 690 servers if desired.

Prior to ordering the pSeries 670 to pSeries 690 model conversion, the installed p670 server must meet the following minimum configuration requirements:

  • Installed 7040-671 CEC must have two 8-way MCMs installed.
  • Installed 7040-61R rack must operate on 3-phase power.
  • The first 7040-61D I/O drawer in the p670 server must be populated with two I/O planars and four Ultra3 SCSI 4-pack backplanes.

The following 7040-681 CEC modifications must be ordered to create a valid configuration when performing a p670 to p690 model conversion:

  • If the existing 7040-671 CEC does not contain feature number 9670, order:
    • One system backplane carry over indicator (#8007) (equivalent to #6565)
  • If the existing 7040-671 CEC contains feature number 9670, order feature conversion from #9670 to #8015 by MES:
    • Remove feature - Manufacturing Optimization Indicator (#9670)
    • Add feature - Planar + Enclosure (#8015) (equivalent to CEC enclosure plus #6565)
  • For p670 servers equipped with POWER4 1.1 GHz processors, order:
    • One feature conversion from #5256 (1.1 GHz, 8-Way MCM/L3) to #8009 (first 1.1 GHz, 8-Way MCM indicator, equivalent to #5242)
      • One MES remove - 1.1 GHz, 8-way MCM with 128 MB L3 Cache (#5256)
      • One MES add - First 1.1 GHz, 8-way MCM indicator (#8009) (equivalent to #5242)
    • One feature conversion from #5256 (1.1 GHz, 8-way MCM/L3) to #8010 (additional 1.1 GHz, 8-way MCM indicator, equivalent to #5252)
      • One MES remove - 1.1 GHz, 8-way MCM with 128 MB L3 Cache (#5256)
      • One MES add - additional 1.1 GHz, 8-way MCM indicator (#8010) (equivalent to #5252)
    • Two 128 MB, 400 MHz L3 cache indicator (#8011) (equivalent to #4138)
  • For p670 servers equipped with POWER4+ 1.5 GHz processors, order:
    • Two feature conversions from #5248 (1.5 GHz, 8-way MCM/L3) to #8012 (1.5 GHz, 8-way MCM indicator, equivalent to #5243)
      • Two MES remove - 1.5 GHz, 8-way MCM with 128 MB L3 Cache (#5248)
      • Two MES add - 1.5 GHz, 8-way MCM indicator (#8012) (equivalent to #5243)
    • Two 128 MB, 500 MHz L3 cache indicator (#8013) (equivalent to #4198)
  • Two processor pass-thru indicator (#8014) (equivalent to #5257)

The following 7040-61R System Rack modifications must be ordered to create a valid configuration when performing a p670 to p690 model conversion:

  • One feature conversion from 7040-671 indicator (#0209) to 7040-681 indicator (#0190)
    • One MES remove - 7040-671 Rack Content Specify (#0209)
    • One MES add - 7040-681 Rack Content Specify (#0190)

The following components of the p670 server are carried over to the p690 server during a model conversion:

  • 7040-671 CEC components moved to 7040-681 CEC
    • Two POWER4 (1.1 GHz) or POWER4+ (1.5 GHz) 8-way MCMs and associated L3 Cache
    • All installed memory cards
    • Media drawer, operator panel, installed media, and associated attachment cables
    • Programmable clock card
    • Power converter assemblies and associated power cabling
    • Capacitor book
    • Support processor and remote I/O attachment card
  • All installed 7040-61D I/O drawers, attachment cables, installed adapters, and hard disks
  • 7040-61R rack, doors, power components, and line cords

The following items will be shipped with all p670 to p690 model conversions:

  • 7040-681 documentation
  • 7040-681 serial number label preserving the 7040-671 serial number

Additional components may be shipped for some model conversions based on the configuration of the installed p670 server.

Any components removed during the p670 to p690 model conversion are the property of IBM.

The completion of this model conversion will generate a 16-way pSeries 690 server functioning at the same processor speed as the predecessor 16-way pSeries 670 server.

After the model conversion is completed, additional processors, memory, and other components may be ordered for the resulting P690 server as desired. In addition, all pSeries 690 feature conversions to faster processors, larger memory, etc., may be ordered for the resulting p690 server.

Feature conversions

7040-671 to 7040-681 Model Conversion Related

Customers with installed 16-way pSeries 670 (7040-671) servers may increase their processing power by purchasing a model conversion to the pSeries 690 (7040-681) server. The existing pSeries 670 components being replaced during the model conversion become the property of IBM and must be returned. Several feature conversions are available in support of this model conversion.

Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

The following feature conversions are available to customers purchasing a pSeries 670 to pSeries 690 Model Conversion:

7040-681 CEC Feature Conversions

From                                               To
 
9670 - MFG Optimization Indicator   8015 - Model Conversion
                                             CEC Enclosure
5256 - 1.1 GHz 8-way MCM/L3         8009 - First 1.1 GHz MCM Carryover
                                            Indicator
5256 - 1.1 GHz 8-way MCM/L3         8010 - Additional 1.1 GHz MCM
                                            Carryover Indicator
5248 - 1.5 GHz 8-way MCM/L3         8012 - 1.5 GHz MCM Carryover
                                            Indicator
 
7402 - 4/8 1.1 GHz CUoD MCM/L3      7403 - 4/8 1.1 GHz CUoD MCM
7412 - 2-way Activation for #7402   7413 - 2-way Activation for #7403
7400 - 4/8 1.5 GHz CUoD MCM/L3      7404 - 4/8 1.5 GHz CUoD MCM
7410 - 2-way Activation for #7400   7414 - 2-way Activation for #7404
 

7040-61R Rack Feature Conversion

0209 - Rack Content Specify - 7040-671   0190 - Rack Content Specify -
7040-681
 

Feature conversions -- pSeries 690 Model 681

Customers with installed pSeries 690 (7040-681) systems may increase the processing power or memory of their systems via feature conversions. Such conversions are accomplished by replacing the system's existing processor or memory with processors or memory operating at higher speeds or having greater capacity. The existing pSeries 690 components being replaced become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

The following feature conversions are available for the 7040-681:

From                                           To
 
5240 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC First MCM  5245 - 1.3 GHz 8-way First MCM
5240 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC First MCM  5243 - 1.5 GHz 8-way POWER4+ Std MCM
5240 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC First MCM  5246 - 1.7 GHz 8-way
                                                POWER4+ Turbo MCM
5250 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC Addl MCM   5254 - 1.3 GHz 8-way Addl MCM
5250 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC Addl MCM   5243 - 1.5 GHz 8-way POWER4+ Std MCM
5250 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC Addl MCM   5246 - 1.7 GHz 8-way
                                                POWER4+ Turbo MCM
 
5242 - 1.1 GHz 8-way First Std MCM  5245 - 1.3 GHz 8-way First Turbo MCM
5242 - 1.1 GHz 8-way First Std MCM  5243 - 1.5 GHz 8-way POWER4+ Std MCM
5242 - 1.1 GHz 8-way First STD MCM  5246 - 1.7 GHz 8-way
                                                POWER4+ Turbo MCM
5252 - 1.1 GHz 8-way Addl Std MCM   5254 - 1.3 GHz 8-way Addl Turbo MCM
5252 - 1.1 GHz 8-way Addl Std MCM   5243 - 1.5 GHz 8-way POWER4+ Std MCM
5252 - 1.1 GHz 8-way Addl STD MCM   5246 - 1.7 GHz 8-way
                                                POWER4+ Turbo MCM
5244 - 1.3 GHz 8-way First Std MCM  5243 - 1.5 GHz 8-way POWER4+ Std MCM
5244 - 1.3 GHz 8-way First STD MCM  5246 - 1.7 GHz 8-way
                                                POWER4+ Turbo MCM
5254 - 1.3 GHz 8-way Addl Std MCM   5243 - 1.5 GHz 8-way POWER4+ Std MCM
5254 - 1.3 GHz 8-way Addl STD MCM   5246 - 1.7 GHz 8-way
                                                POWER4+ Turbo MCM
 
5243 - 1.5 GHz 8-way POWER4+ Std    5246 - 1.7 GHz 8-way
                                                POWER4+ Turbo MCM
 
5240 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC First MCM  7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5240 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC First MCM  7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5250 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC Addl MCM   7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5250 - 1.3 GHz 4-way HPC Addl MCM   7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
 
5242 - 1.1 GHz 8-way First Std MCM  7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5242 - 1.1 GHz 8-way First STD MCM  7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5252 - 1.1 GHz 8-way Addl Std MCM   7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5252 - 1.1 GHz 8-way Addl STD MCM   7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
 
5244 - 1.3 GHz 8-way First Std MCM  7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5244 - 1.3 GHz 8-way First STD MCM  7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5254 - 1.3 GHz 8-way Addl Std MCM   7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
5254 - 1.3 GHz 8-way Addl STD MCM   7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
 
7403 - 1.1 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM     7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
7403 - 1.1 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM     7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM     7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
7405 - 1.3 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM     7404 - 1.5 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
7405 - 1.3 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM     7406 - 1.7 GHz 4/8-way CUoD MCM
7413 - 1.1 GHz CUoD 2-way Act       7414 - 1.5 GHz CUoD 2-way Act
7413 - 1.1 GHz CUoD 2-way Act       7416 - 1.7 GHz CUoD 2-way Act
7414 - 1.5 GHz CUoD 2-way Act       7416 - 1.7 GHz CUoD 2-way Act
7415 - 1.3 GHz CUoD 2-way Act       7414 - 1.5 GHz CUoD 2-way Act
7415 - 1.3 GHz CUoD 2-way Act       7416 - 1.7 GHz CUoD 2-way Act
4138 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 367 MHz     4139 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 433 MHz
4138 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 367 MHz     4198 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 500 MHz
4138 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 367 MHz     4199 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 567 MHz
4138 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 367 MHz     4699 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 567 MHz
4139 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 433 MHz     4198 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 500 MHz
4139 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 433 MHz     4199 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 567 MHz
4139 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 433 MHz     4699 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 567 MHz
4198 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 500 MHz     4199 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 567 MHz
4198 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 500 MHz     4699 - 128 MB L3 Cache, 567 MHz
 
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4181 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory  Inward
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4183 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4188 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4480 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4482 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4484 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4486 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4488 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4480 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward    4482 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4480 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward    4484 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4480 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward    4486 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4480 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward    4488 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4182 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory  Outward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4184 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4189 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4481 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4483 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4485 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4487 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4489 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4481 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward   4483 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4481 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward   4485 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4481 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward   4487 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4481 - 4 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward   4489 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4181 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4183 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward
4181 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4188 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward
4181 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4482 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4181 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4484 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4181 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4486 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4181 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    4488 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4482 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward    4484 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4482 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward    4486 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4482 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward    4488 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4182 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4184 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward
4182 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4189 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward
4182 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4483 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4182 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4485 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4182 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4487 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4182 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   4489 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4483 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward   4485 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4483 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward   4487 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4483 - 8 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward   4489 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
 
4183 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward  4188 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward
4183 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward  4484 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4183 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward  4486 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4183 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward  4488 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4484 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward  4486 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4484 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward  4488 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4484 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward  7043 - 32 GB 633 MHz CUod Memory
4184 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward 4189 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward
4184 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward 4485 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4184 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward 4487 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4184 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward 4489 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4485 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward 4487 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4485 - 16 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward 4489 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
 
4188 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward   4486 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4188 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward   4488 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
4486 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward   4488 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward
 
4189 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward  4487 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4189 - 32 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward  4489 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
4487 - 32 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward  4489 - 64 GB 567 MHz Memory Outward
 
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    7050 - 8/16 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Inward
4196 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    7054 - 16/32 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Inward
4181 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward    7054 - 16/32 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Inward
4183 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Inward   7054 - 16/32 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Inward
7050 - 8/16 GB 567 MHz Memory Inward 7054 - 16/32 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Inward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   7051 - 8/16 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Outward
4197 - 4 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   7055 - 16/32 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Outward
4182 - 8 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward   7055 - 16/32 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Outward
4184 - 16 GB 500 MHz Memory Outward  7055 - 16/32 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Outward
7051 - 8/16 GB 567 MHz Mem Outward   7055 - 16/32 GB 567 MHz MOD Memory
Outward
7060 - 8/16 GB MOD 4 GB Activation   7061 - 16/32 GB MOD 4 GB
Activation
 
                                                            Return
From FC:                      To FC:                        Parts
-------------------------     ---------------------------   ------
5244 - 8-Way POWER4 Turbo     5207 - POWER4+ Turbo  8-Way   Yes
 Processor Option (First)      MCM, MES Only, Requires
                               RPQ 8A1241
5254 - 8-Way POWER4 Turbo     5207 - POWER4+ Turbo  8-Way   Yes
 Processor Option              MCM, MES Only, Requires
                               RPQ 8A1241
 

Parts removed or replaced become the property of IBM and must be returned.
Back to topBack to top
 

Technical description
TOC Link Physical specifications TOC Link Operating environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware requirements TOC Link Software requirements


Central Electronics Complex -- (7040-681)

The pSeries 690 provides outstanding 64-bit compute performance for the UNIX environment. It features SOI (silicon on insulator) copper chip technology, mainframe inspired logical partitioning (LPAR) and self- managing capabilities. Its features include:

  • Excellent performance in 8-, 16-, 24-, or 32-way servers utilizing multi-chip modules (MCMs) each containing four or eight POWER4 or POWER4+ processors. Each MCM also contains 5.6 MB of L2 cache shared across the processors.
  • High-performance ECC L3 cache of 128 MB per processor MCM.
  • Excellent reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) providing:
    • Dynamic processor de-allocation
    • Error checking and correcting (ECC) system memory and cache
    • I/O link failure recovery
    • Disk drives and PCI cards that can be hot-swapped
    • Environmental sensing
    • Redundant Power and cooling
    • Service processor for integrated system monitoring
    • Concurrent diagnostics
  • Logical partitioning (LPAR) of the system hardware into as many as 32 partitions. Each logical partition operates under the control of it's own copy of the operating system. A minimum LPAR configuration requires one processor and 1 GB of system memory. PCI cards may be assigned to an LPAR on a slot by slot basis if required.
  • Processor speeds and memory growth and I/O capabilities are enhanced over previous high-end pSeries products:
    • The configuration can be expanded from an 8-way to a 32-way SMP. Processors are available in 1.1 GHz, 1.3 GHz, 1.5 GHz, 1.7 GHz and 1.9 GHz speeds.
    • Memory can be expanded up to 1024 GB in 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB, 64 GB or 128 GB increments.
    • Internal I/O system scalability and expandability that supports up to eight I/O drawers to provide:
      • Industry-standard PCI or PCI-X subsystem supporting 32-bit and 64-bit adapters.
      • 20 blind-swap slots per drawer (160 total per system).
      • 16 hot-plug capable Ultra3 SCSI bays per drawer (128 total per system).
  • A redundant system power which provides a modular design that allows adding power regulators and power converters as required based on the system configuration.
  • Industry recognized AIX 5L operating system license is included with each system.
  • Open industry standards, such as Open Firmware based on IEEE P1275 standard.

Physical specifications

pSeries 690 (7040-681)(single rack):

  • Width:
    • 79 cm (30.9 inches) (with acoustic rear door)
    • 79 cm (30.9 inches) (with slim line rear door)
  • Depth:
    • 149 cm (58.8 inches) (with acoustic rear door)
    • 134 cm (52.8 inches) (with slim line rear door)
  • Height:
    • 202 cm (79.5 inches) (with acoustic rear door)
    • 202 cm (79.5 inches) (with slim line rear door)
  • Weight:
    • 1184 kgs (2610 lbs) maximum (with acoustic rear door)
    • 1170 kgs (2580 lbs) maximum (with slim line rear door)

pSeries 690 (7040-681)(with Expansion Rack feature):

  • Width:
    • 154 cm (60.6 inches) (with acoustic rear door)
    • 154 cm (60.6 inches) (with slim line rear door)
  • Depth:
    • 149 cm (58.8 inches) (with acoustic rear door)
    • 134 cm (52.8 inches) (with slim line rear door)
  • Height:
    • 202 cm (79.5 inches) (with acoustic rear door)
    • 202 cm (79.5 inches) (with slim line rear door)
  • Weight:
    • 2000 kgs (4409 lbs) maximum (with acoustic rear door)
    • 1973 kgs (4349lbs) maximum (with slim line rear door)

Operating environment

  • Temperature: 16 to 32C (61 to 90F)
  • Temperature with 4 mm Tape or DVD RAM or DVD-ROM device in rear positions of the Media Drawer (#8692): Maximum of 24C (75.2F).
  • Temperature with VXA Tape in front positions of Media Drawer (#8692) without Primary Integrated Battery Backup (#6200) or Redundant Integrated Battery Backup (#6201) installed in system: Maximum operating temperature of 28 C (82.4 F). Refer to the 7040 System Planning Guide for additional details.
  • Relative Humidity: 8% to 80%
  • Maximum Wet Bulb: 23 degrees C (73 degrees F)
  • Sound Power:
    • 7.4 bels (operating/idling with acoustic covers)
    • 8.0 bels (operating/idling with slim line covers)
  • Sound Pressure:
    • 58 dBa (operating/idling with acoustic covers)
    • 66 dBa (operating/idling with slim line covers)
  • Maximum Altitude:
    • 1.1, 1.5, and 1.7 GHz Processors: 3,040 meters (10,000 ft)
    • 1.3 GHz Processors: 2,134 meters (7,000 ft)
    • Maximum altitude with DVD-R, DVD-R/W/CD-R, or CD-R/W media in the rear positions of the Media Drawer (#8692) is 2134 meters (7,000 ft).

Power Requirements

  • Operating voltage @ 50/60 Hz: (3-phase)
    • 200 to 240 V AC
    • 380 to 415 V AC
    • 480 V AC
  • Electrical output: 15,400 watts (maximum)
  • Power source loading: 15.0 kVA (maximum configuration)
  • Thermal Output: 15,550 joules/sec (53,390 Btu/hr) (maximum configuration, 32-way CEC with eight I/O drawers)

EMC Conformance Classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and it shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • U.S. - FCC CFR47 Part 15 Class A
  • Europe - CISPR 22 Class A; "CE" Mark of Conformity
  • Japan - VCCI-1
  • Korea - Korean Requirement Class A

Homologation: Telecom Environmental Testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude.

This IBM pSeries model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country TELECOM and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom Regulatory authority.

Product Safety/Country Testing/Certification

  • U.S.: UL
  • Canada: CNL (CSA or cUL)
  • Germany/Europe: GS Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60 950)

General Requirements

The pSeries 690 is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

pSeries 690 Central Electronics Complex (CEC) (7040-681)

  • The pSeries 690 CEC (7040-681) is a 17U-tall, 24-inch, rack-mounted device. It houses the system processors, memory, system support processor, I/O drawer connection capability, and associated components. It is installed with the bottom of the drawer at placement indicator (#4418), the 18U position of the 7040-61R rack.
  • The p690 is powered by one to four multi-chip processor modules. Each Multi-Chip Module (MCM) contains either four or eight processors. The p690 is available in the following configurations:
    • 8-and 16-way 1.3 GHz, POWER4, HPC option processors (4 processors per MCM)
    • 8-, 16-, 24-, 32-way 1.1 GHz, POWER4 processors (8 processors per MCM)
    • 8-, 16-, 24-, 32-way 1.3 GHz, POWER4, Turbo option processors (8 processors per MCM)
    • 8-, 16-, 24-, 32-way 1.5 GHz, POWER4+ processors (8 processors per MCM)
    • 8-, 16-, 24-, 32-way 1.7 GHz, POWER4+ Turbo option processors (8 processors per MCM)
    • 8-, 16-, 24-, 32-way 1.9 GHz, POWER4+ Turbo option processors (8 processors per MCM)
  • All processors in a p690 must operate at the same speed.
  • Each processor contains 32 KB of data cache and 64 KB of instruction cache.
  • Each processor MCM contains by 5.6 MB of Level 2 cache which is shared between the processors. This provides 1.44 MB of L2 cache per processor for four processor MCMs and 0.72 MB of L2 cache per processor for eight processor MCMs.
  • Each installed processor MCM is supported with 128 MB of Level 3 cache. This provides 32 MB of L3 cache per processor for four processor MCMs and 16 MB of L3 cache per processor for eight processor MCMs.
    • 1.1 GHz processors use L3 cache feature #4138
    • 1.3 GHz processors use L3 cache feature #4139
    • 1.5 GHz processors use L3 cache feature #4198
    • 1.7 GHz processors use L3 cache feature #4199
    • 1.9 GHz processors use L3 cache feature #4697
  • A programmable processor clock card (#5251) is required to provide system and processor clocking.
  • p690 servers with 1.5 GHz or 1.7 GHz POWER4+ processors must be equipped with feature Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment (#6418).
  • p690 servers with 1.9 GHz POWER4+ processors must be equipped with feature Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment (#6440).
  • p690 systems configured with two or three processor MCMs must have the empty processor positions populated with Processor Bus Pass Through Modules (#5257). No Processor Bus Pass Through Modules are required on systems with one processor MCM.
  • p690 processor MCMs require capacitor books to operate. One capacitor book (#6198) is required for each two populated processor MCM positions.
  • The p690 utilizes redundant power throughout it's design. It implements redundant bulk power assemblies, bulk power regulators, power controllers, power distribution assemblies, DC power converters and associated cabling.
  • Power for the p690 CEC is supplied from DC bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack. The bulk power is converted to the power levels required for the CEC via DC power convertors.
    • Two #6170 DC power converters are always required for the memory, miscellaneous CEC components, and the first processor MCM.
    • One #6189 DC power converter must be added for each additional MCM (second, third, or fourth).
    • One additional DC Power #6189 converter is required for any p690 server configured with one or more POWER4+ Turbo 1.7 GHz or 1.9 GHz MCMs (#5246, #5241 #7406 or #7431).
  • Power cable groups #6161, #6181, #6182, #6183, #6184 and #6202 are utilized to connect the DC power converters to the bulk power assembly.
    • #6161 provides power for the CEC and four cooling fans.
    • #6181 provides power for the first MCM regardless of processor speed
    • #6182 provides power for the second MCM on 1.1, 1.3, or 1.5 GHz configurations OR for the additional power required on configurations with one 1.7 GHz or 1.9 GHz POWER4+ Turbo MCM.
    • #6183 provides power for the third MCM on 1.1, 1.3, or 1.5 GHz configurations OR for the additional power required on configurations with two 1.7 GHz or 1.9 GHz POWER4+ Turbo MCMs.
    • #6184 provides power for the fourth MCM on 1.1, 1.3, or 1.5 GHz configurations OR for the additional power required on configurations with three 1.7 GHz or 1.9 GHZ POWER4+ Turbo MCMs.
    • #6202 provides power for the fourth MCM on 1.7 GHz or 1.9 GHz POWER4+ configurations.
  • One Media Drawer (#8692) is required for each p690 server. The media drawer is a 1U rack drawer which is located directly below the CEC at the 17U location of the 7040-61R rack. It incorporates the system operator panel, a diskette drive, and up to four media devices.
  • The media drawer is split into two separate sections. The front section houses the system operator panel, a diskette drive, and two media bays. Utilization of the rear section is optional to provide space for two additional media devices if desired.
  • The front and rear sections of the media drawer must be connected to separate ports on SCSI PCI adapters in the first 7040-61D I/O drawer which is located in drawer position #4609. When connecting to a SCSI adapter with a 68 pin P-style connector the I/O drawer to media drawer SCSI cable #2122 is used. When connecting to a SCSI adapter with a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector converter cable #2118 is used in conjunction with #2122. The SCSI adapters and cables for this attachment are ordered with the first 7040-61D I/O drawer.
  • Power for each half of the media drawer is provided by the first I/O drawer via one or two I/O Drawer to Media Drawer Power Cables (#6179) ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.
  • One media device capable of reading CD-ROM media is required for each p690 system.
  • The 4-mm tape drive (#6158) is allowed in the rear bays of the media drawer only if the operating environment is maintained at 24 degrees C (75.2 degrees F) or below and only on systems installed at 2,134 meters (7,000 ft) altitude or below.
  • The DVD-RAM drive (#2623), CD-ROM drive (#2624), and DVD-ROM drive (#2634) are limited to systems without Primary Integrated Battery Backup (#6200) or Redundant Integrated Battery Backup (#6201) when installed in the Media Drawer (#8692) rear bay locations.
  • The IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology (#6120) is limited to systems without Primary Integrated Battery Backup (#6200) or Redundant Integrated Battery Backup (#6201) installed, Media Drawer (#8692) front bay locations only, and a maximum system ambient operating temperature of 28 degrees C (82.4 F) at a maximum operating altitude of 2,134 m (7,000 ft). Lower altitude have higher maximum ambient operating temperatures. Refer to the 7040 System Planning Guide for additional details.
  • USB keyboards supporting various language groups can be ordered with the 7040-61D I/O Drawer for use with native-attached displays on the pSeries 690. A three-button USB mouse connects to the USB keyboard.

Memory

  • The pSeries 690 has eight memory slots. Four memory slots utilize inward facing memory cards and four utilize outward facing memory cards. The inward facing memory slots are utilized by the first and second processor module positions while the outward facing memory slots support the third and fourth processor module positions.
  • The number of active memory positions on a p690 system is related to the number of populated MCM locations. Two memory positions are activated for each MCM installed.
    • The first MCM installed activates the first and second inward facing memory positions.
    • The second MCM installed activates the third and fourth inward facing memory positions.
    • The third MCM installed activates the first and second outward facing memory positions.
    • The fourth MCM installed activates the third and fourth outward facing memory positions.
  • Minimum system memory is 8 GB. Maximum system memory is 1024 GB.
  • Memory is available in 4 GB, 8 GB, 16 GB, 32 GB, 64 and 128 GB inward facing and outward facing increments.

    Note: 128GB Memory cards are not available on 7040-681 servers equipped ith POWER4 processor features #5240, 5242, 5244, 5245 5250, 5252, 5254, 7403, 7405, 7409, 8009, or 8010.

  • Memory is available in 500 MHz, 567 MHz and 633 MHz speeds.
    • 500 MHz 567 MHz and/or 633 MHz memory can be simultaneously installed in a 7040-681 server. In this configuration all memory will perform at speed of the slowest installed memory.
    • 500 MHz memory allows maximum memory subsystem performance for 7040-681 servers with POWER4 or POWER4+ processor MCMs operating at speeds up to 1.5 GHz.
    • 567 MHz memory must be installed on servers utilizing POWER4+ 1.7 GHz processor MCMs to obtain maximum memory subsystem performance. Utilizing 500 MHz memory with these 1.7 GHz processors will result in degraded memory subsystem performance.
    • 633 MHz memory must be installed on servers utilizing POWER4+ 1.9 GHz processor MCMs to obtain maximum memory subsystem performance. Utilizing 500 MHz or 567 MHz memory with these 1.9 GHz processors will result in degraded memory subsystem performance.
  • 4 GB and 8 GB, 633 MHz memory features (#4368, #4369, #464, and #4465) are available only on 7040-681 servers utilizing POWER4+ 1.9 GHz processor MCMs
  • The following memory configuration considerations are recommended to ensure the best performance is obtained for the pSeries 690 system:
    • Memory should be installed in identical pairs.
    • All activated memory locations should be populated with memory cards.
    • Memory sizes should be balanced as closely as possible across all populated MCM locations.
  • The following memory configurations (in GB) are supported on the p690. The configurations are based on the number of processor MCMs installed and the total systems memory required:
               GB Mem     MCM     MCM     MCM     MCM
               ------    -----   -----   -----   -----
One MCM          8        4+4
installed        8(1)     8+0
                16        8+8
                32       16+16
                64       32+32
               128       64+64
               256       128+128
 
Two MCMs         8        4+4     0+0
installed       16        4+4     4+4
                16(1)     8+8     0+0
                24        8+8     4+4
                32        8+8     8+8
                48       16+16    8+8
                64       16+16   16+16
                96       32+32   16+16
               128       32+32   32+32
               192       64+64   32+32
               256       64+64   64+64
               384       128+128 64+64
               512       128+128 128+128
 
Three MCMs       8        4+4     0+0     0+0
installed       16        4+4     4+4     0+0
                16(1)     8+8     0+0     0+0
                24        4+4     4+4     4+4
                24(1)     8+8     4+4     0+0
                32        8+8     4+4     4+4
                32(1)     8+8     8+8     0+0
                40        8+8     8+8     4+4
                48        8+8     8+8     8+8
                64       16+16    8+8     8+8
                80       16+16   16+16    8+8
                96       16+16   16+16   16+16
               128       32+32   16+16   16+16
               160       32+32   32+32   16+16
               192       32+32   32+32   32+32
               256       64+64   32+32   32+32
               320       64+64   64+64   32+32
               384       64+64   64+64   64+64
               512       128+128 64+64   64+64
               640       128+128 128+128 64+64
               768       128+128 128+128 128+128
 
Four MCMs        8        4+4     0+0     0+0     0+0
installed       16        4+4     4+4     0+0     0+0
                16(1)     8+8     0+0     0+0     0+0
                24        4+4     4+4     4+4     0+0
                24(1)     8+8     4+4     0+0     0+0
                32        4+4     4+4     4+4     4+4
                32(1)     8+8     4+4     4+4     0+0
                32(1)     8+8     8+8     0+0     0+0
                40        8+8     4+4     4+4     4+4
                40(1)     8+8     8+8     4+4     0+0
                48        8+8     8+8     4+4     4+4
                48(1)     8+8     8+8     8+8     0+0
                56        8+8     8+8     8+8     4+4
                64        8+8     8+8     8+8     8+8
                80       16+16    8+8     8+8     8+8
                96       16+16   16+16    8+8     8+8
               112       16+16   16+16   16+16    8+8
               128       16+16   16+16   16+16   16+16
               160       32+32   16+16   16+16   16+16
               192       32+32   32+32   16+16   16+16
               224       32+32   32+32   32+32   16+16
               256       32+32   32+32   32+32   32+32
               320       64+64   32+32   32+32   32+32
               384       64+64   64+64   32+32   32+32
               448       64+64   64+64   64+64   32+32
               512       64+64   64+64   64+64   64+64
               640       128+128 64+64   64+64   64+64
               768       128+128 128+128 64+64   64+64
               896       128+128 128+128 128+128 64+64
               1024      128+128 128+128 128+128 128+128
 
 

Note: (1) This memory configuration is valid but is not recommended. Please review application performance implications before ordering this memory configuration.

Note: (2) The above configuration table applies to Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) memory cards as well as conventional memory cards. Utilize maximum card capacity when applying the above configuration rules to CUoD memory cards:

  • Partially activated 16 GB CUoD memory cards apply 16 GB configuration rules.
  • Partially activated 32 GB CUoD memory cards apply 32 GB configuration rules.
  • For additional information regarding the effect of memory card placement and balancing on system performance review the Configuring p690 for Performance white paper.
  • IBM recommends systems configured with 4 GB of memory, or greater, to have access to a 4-mm or 8-mm tape drive for submission of system dump information, if required. This function may be accomplished via locally attached or network attached devices as appropriate.

Logical Partitioning (LPAR)

  • The pSeries 690 can be divided into as many as 32 logical partitions. System resources can be dedicated to each LPAR.
    • Servers configured with Support Processor with Remote I/O Loop Attachment (#6404) can support up to 16 LPARs maximum
    • Servers configured with Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment (6418) can support up to 32 LPARs maximum.
  • LPAR allocation, monitoring, and control is provided by the Hardware Management Console.
  • Each LPAR functions under it's own instance of the operating system.
  • A minimum of one processor and 1 GB of memory is required per LPAR.
  • A minimum of 4 GB of system memory is recommended per LPAR.
  • I/O adapters in PCI slots may be allocated to an LPAR on an individual slot basis.
  • Integrated Ultra3 SCSI controllers located in the 7040-61D I/O drawers may be individually allocated to an LPAR. These integrated SCSI adapters each support one 4-pack disk backplane.
  • While it is not mandatory, consideration should be given to allocating one half of a 7040-61D I/O drawer for each LPAR. This would provide one 10-slot PCI or PCI-X planar, two integrated SCSI controllers, and two 4-Pack SCSI disk backplanes to the LPAR. This will help to ensure balanced I/O bandwidth for the LPAR configurations.
  • Systems with CUoD features do not support the Affinity Logical Partitioning option.

IBM Hardware Management Console for pSeries

  • The IBM Hardware Management Console for pSeries (HMC) provides a set of functions that are necessary to manage the pSeries 690 LPAR configurations. These functions include:
    • Create and store LPAR profiles which define the processor, memory, and I/O resources allocated to an individual partition.
    • Starting, stopping, and resetting a system partition.
    • Boot a partition or system by selecting a profile.
    • Display system and partition status.
    • Displaying the contents of a virtual operator panel for each partition or controlled system.
  • The following Hardware Management Consoles can be used to control a p690 server:
    • HMC feature #7315 purchased with a 7040-681 server
    • HMC feature #7316 purchased with a 7040-671 or 7040-681 server
    • IBM 7315-C01. C02, or C03 Tabletop Hardware Management Console
    • IBM 7315-CR2 Rack Mounted. Hardware Management Console
  • The HMC also provides a service focal point for the systems it controls. It is connected to the support (service) processor of the system via a dedicated serial link. The HMC provides tools for problem determination and service support, such as call-home and error log notification through an analog phone line.
  • The HMC is a dedicated function device. It is utilized only for the control and service functions of the pSeries servers it serves. It is not available for use as a general purpose computing resource.
  • Each HMC must be configured with a graphics display and a keyboard. Various native language keyboards are available for the HMC. However, the HMC displays menus and control information in English regardless of the keyboard utilized.
  • The number of servers an HMC can control is dependent on the particular HMC and the server environment.
  • HMC feature #7315 (ordered with a 7040-681 server) can control up to four pSeries servers in a non-clustered environment.
  • The 7315-C01, C02, C03 or CR2 HMC or HMC feature #7316 (ordered with a 7040-671 or 681 server) can control the following numbers of servers in a non-clustered environment:
    • 12 pSeries 670 and/or p690 servers with up to 64 LPARS or
    • 16 pSeries 655 servers with up to 32 LPARS or
    • 16 pSeries 630 or pSeries 650 servers with up to 64 LPARS or
    • 16 pSeries servers and 64 LPARS in a mixed server environment. A mixed server environment can contain a combined maximum of eight p670 and/or p690 servers.
  • Information regarding HMC control of clustered servers can be found in the "Scaling Statement" section of the Family 9078+01 IBM eServer Cluster 1600, 9078-160 sales manual.
  • If redundant HMC function is desired, the pSeries 670 can be attached to two separate hardware management consoles.
  • An Ethernet connection between the HMC and each active partition on the pSeries server is recommended for all installations and required for dynamic LPAR configurations. This connection is utilized to provide:
    • Additional systems management such as WebSM management of AIX in the individual partitions.
    • Collection and passing of hardware service events to the HMC for automatic notification of error conditions to IBM.
    • Total system inventory collection.
  • The 7315 C01, C02, and C03 Tabletop HMCs provide two integrated serial ports. The 7315-CR2 Rack Mounted HMC provides only one integrated serial port. One serial port is required for each pSeries server controlled by the HMC. An additional serial port is required for modem attachment if the Service Agent call-home function is implemented. When more than two serial ports are required 8-port (#2943) and 128-port (#2944) asynchronous adapters should be utilized.

    Note: 128-Port Asynchronous Adapters are not supported on the feature #7315 HMC.

  • Up to two 8-port or 128-port asynchronous adapters are allowed per HMC.

System Control

  • Each p690 CEC must be connected to a Hardware Management Console (HMC) for system control, LPAR (logical partitioning), Capacity Upgrade on Demand, and service functions. The HMC is capable of supporting multiple p690 systems.
  • The p690 provides two special async ports special dedicated for HMC attachment. The connectors on these ports are differentiated from standard async ports by providing a 9-pin female connector vs the standard 9-pin male connector. The connection between the HMC and the p690 CEC is through cables available in 6-meter (#8120) and 15-meter (#8121) lengths.
  • The p690 also provides two async ports which are available for attachment of ASCII terminals and devices. These two async ports are under the control of the system's service processor and are not available for functions such as HACMP heartbeat cabling or UPS control which require fully dedicated ports. The service processor menus may be accessed through an ASCII terminal attached to one of the async ports or via an internal firmware controlled "wrap" connection to the HMC. When not in use for accessing service processor menus, the async ports are available for general purpose uses which do not require dedicated ports.

I/O Drawers

  • The pSeries 690 utilizes the 7040-61D I/O drawer for directly attached PCI or PCI-X adapters and SCSI disk capabilities. The p690 requires a minimum of one 7040-61D drawer; a maximum of 8 I/O drawers can be attached.
  • Each 7040-61D I/O drawer is divided into two separate halves. Each half contains ten blind-swap PCI or PCI-X slots and two Ultra3 SCSI 4-pack back planes for a total of twenty PCI slots and sixteen hot-swap disk bays per drawer.
  • One single-wide, blind-swap cassette (equivalent to those in feature #4599) is provided in each PCI or PCI-X slot of the 7040-61D. Cassettes not containing an adapter will be shipped with a "dummy" card installed to ensure proper environmental characteristics for the drawer. If additional single-wide, blind-swap cassettes are needed, feature #4599 should be ordered.
  • All ten PCI or PCI-X slots on each I/O drawer planar are capable of supporting either 64-bit or 32-bit PCI or PCI-X adapters. Each #6563 planar provides seven 3.3V, 66 MHz, 64-bit PCI slots and three 5V, 32 MHz, 64-bit PCI slots. Each #6571 planar provides ten PCI-X slots capable of supporting 3.3V signaling PCI or PCI-X adapters operating at speeds up to 133 MHz.
  • While it is not optimized, #6563 PCI and #6571 PCI-X planars may reside in the same 61D I/O drawer.
  • Each I/O drawer planar incorporates two integrated Ultra3 SCSI adapters for direct attachment of the two 4-pack hot swap backplanes in that half of the drawer. These adapters do not support external SCSI device attachments.
  • Each half of the 7040-61D I/O drawer is powered separately.
  • I/O drawers occupy specific locations in the 7040-61R rack or expansion feature rack. Drawer placement is specified by the mounting location of the bottom of the drawer. Drawer placement is as follows:
    • Drawer #1 - Placement indicator #4609 - 9U position of 7040-61R rack
    • Drawer #2 - Placement indicator #4605 - 5U position of 7040-61R rack
    • Drawer #3 - Placement indicator #4601 - 1U position of 7040-61R rack
    • Drawer #4:
      • Placement indicator #4613 - 13U position of 7040-61R rack if Integrated Battery Backup feature (#6200) is not installed.
      • Placement indicator #4409 - 9U position of expansion rack if Integrated Battery Backup feature (#6200) is installed at location #4613.
    • Drawer #5 - Placement indicator #4401 - 1U position of expansion rack
    • Drawer #6 - Placement indicator #4405 - 5U position of expansion rack
    • Drawer #7 - Placement indicator #4413 - 13U position of the expansion rack
    • Drawer #8 - Placement indicator #4419 - 19U position of the expansion rack

I/O Drawer Attachment

  • 7040-61D I/O drawers are always connected to the p690 CEC via RIO (Remote I/O) or RIO-2 loops. 61D connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. p690 systems with non-looped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability.
  • RIO loop connections operate at 500 MHz. RIO loops connect to the 7040-681 CEC via Support Processor with Remote I/O Loop Attachment (#6404) (2 Loops) or Remote I/O Loop Adapter (#6410) (4 Loops).
  • RIO-2 loop connections operate at 1 GHz. RIO-2 loops connect to the 7040-681 CEC Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment (#6418) (2 Loops), or Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter (#6419) (4 Loops).
  • All RIO and RIO-2 loop attachment adapters must operate at the same speed within a p690 server. The attachment adapter combinations (#6404 and #6410 OR #6418 and #6419, OR #6440 and #6441) are mutually exclusive.
  • Up to eight 7040-61D I/O drawers can be attached to the p690 depending on the server and attachment configuration. The Support Processor and Remote I/O Loop Attachment card (RIO #6404 or RIO-2 #6418 or #6440) provides system control function as well as two RIO or RIO-2 loops for drawer attachment. Each Remote I/O Loop Adapter (RIO #6410 or RIO-2 #6419 or #6441) provides up to four additional four RIO or RIO-2 loops.
  • 633MHz RIO-2 loop attachment adapters #6440 and #6441 are available only on 7040-681 servers equipped with 1.9GHz processor MCMs #5241 and/or #7431.
  • When utilizing RIO attachment the following number of I/O drawers are allowed per MCM:
    • One MCM allows attachment of up to two I/O Drawers
    • Two MCMs allow attachment of up to four I/O Drawers
    • Three MCMs allow attachment of up to six I/O Drawers.
    • Four MCMs allow attachment of up to eight I/O Drawers.
  • When utilizing RIO-2 attachment a maximum of 14 loops are available for I/O drawer attachment. The following table indicates the number of available I/O loops for each combination of MCMs vs loop attachment adapters available:
    Number   With Only  With One  With Two  With Three
    Of MCMs  #6418      #6419     #6419     #6419
               or         or        or        or
             #6440      #6441     #6441     #6441
     
    One        2          N/A       N/A       N/A
    Two        2           4         6        N/A
    Three      2           6         8        12
    Four       2           6        10        14
     
    
  • When utilizing RIO-2 loop attachment the number of drawers that can be attached to a 7040-681 server is as follows:
    • Up to eight I/O drawers if all are attached via single-loop mode.
    • Up to seven I/O drawers if all are attached via dual-loop mode.
    • Up to eight I/O drawers with a combination of single-loop and dual- loop attachment. This requires at least two drawers are connected in single-loop mode.
  • 7040-61D I/O drawers may be connected to the 7040-681 CEC in either single-loop or dual-loop mode. Dual-loop mode is recommended whenever possible as it provides the maximum bandwidth between the I/O drawer and the CEC.
  • Single-loop mode connects an entire I/O drawer to the CEC via one RIO or RIO-2 loop (2 ports). The two I/O planars in the I/O drawer are connected together via a short RIO or RIO-2 cable. Single-loop connection requires one loop (2 ports) per I/O drawer.
    • Single-loop mode connection is required for I/O drawers containing two #6563 PCI planars whether connected via RIO or RIO-2 ports on the Model 681 CEC.
    • Single-loop mode is allowed for I/O drawers containing two #6571 PCI-X planars. However dual-loop mode is recommended for this configuration.
  • Dual-loop mode connects each I/O planar in the drawer to the CEC separately. Dual-loop connection requires RIO-2 connection and is not available with RIO connection. Each I/O planar is connected to the CEC via a separate RIO-2 loops. Dual-loop connection requires two loops (4 ports) per I/O drawer.
    • Dual-loop mode is required for I/O drawers containing one #6563 PCI I/O planar and one #6571 PCI-X I/O planar.
    • Dual-loop mode is recommended for all I/O drawers containing two #6571 I/O planars.
  • To aid in manufacturing, it is recommended that initial p690 server orders containing both single-and dual-looped drawers specify the single- looped drawers as the lowest numbered drawers in the configuration.
  • PCI I/O planars (#6563) provide a RIO type cable connector for system attachment. When connecting to a CEC equipped with RIO ports 2 meter RIO cables (#3149) are used. When connecting to a CEC equipped with RIO-2 ports 3 meter RIO to RIO-2 cables (#3165) are used. Single-loop connection of two #6563 planars within an I/O drawer utilizes a 0.5 meter RIO cable (#3145) between the planars to complete the I/O loop.
  • PCI-X I/O planars (#6571) must be attached to the 7040-681 CEC via RIO-2 connections. RIO-2 connections for I/O drawers residing in the 7040-61R primary system rack are made via 1.75 meter RIO-2 cables (#3156). I/O drawers residing in the secondary rack feature connect to the CEC via 2.5 meter RIO-2 cables (#3168). Single-loop connection of two #6571 planars within an I/O drawer utilize a 1.2 meter RIO-2 cable (#3146) between the planars to complete the I/O loop

Disks and Boot Devices

  • Minimum of two internal SCSI hard disks are required per p690 server. It is recommended that these disks be utilized as mirrored boot devices. These disks should be mounted in the first 7040-61D I/O drawer. This configuration provides service personnel the maximum amount of diagnostic information if the system encounters errors in the boot sequence.
  • Boot support is also available from local SCSI, SSA, and Fibre Channel adapters, or from networks via ENET or token-ring adapters. The pSeries 690 does not support booting from FDDI adapters #2741 or #2742 located in 7040-61D I/O drawers.
  • Consideration should also be given to the placement of AIX rootvg volume group in the first I/O drawer. This allows AIX to boot any time other I/O drawers are found offline during boot.
  • If the boot source other than internal disk is configured, the supporting adapter should also be in the first I/O drawer.
  • The p690 incorporates an Early Power Off Warning (EPOW) capability that assists in performing an orderly system shutdown in the event of a sudden power loss. IBM recommends use of the integrated battery backup features or an uninterruptible power system (UPS) to help ensure against loss of data due to power failures.

Rack and Power

  • The 7040-61R rack is a 24-inch rack with an integrated power subsystem to support the pSeries 690 system. It provides 42U of rack space.
  • An expansion rack feature (#8691) is available if additional 24-inch rack space is required. To install the expansion rack feature the side cover of the 7040-61R rack is removed, the expansion rack is connected to the 61R, and the side cover is placed on the exposed side of the feature rack. Power for components in the expansion rack is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the Model 61R rack.
  • Over time, the 7040-61R rack will be utilized in multi-rack clusters. Rack indicators (such as #4651) will be used to identify the racks within the cluster and specify the desired rack in which to place various rack mounted components. When assigning rack indicators, the 7040-61R and it's expansion rack feature #8691 are considered a single rack.
  • All 7040-61R racks and expansion feature racks must have door assemblies installed. The following door assemblies are available:
    • A sculptured black front door with copper accent (#6070) is required for the primary Model 61R rack.
    • A sculptured black front door (#6071) is required for the expansion rack feature, if installed.
    • An acoustic rear door (#6075) is available for the primary rack or the expansion feature rack. This door should be utilized for installations requiring a quieter environment.
    • A slim line rack door (#6074) is available for the primary or expansion rack feature. This door should be utilized for installations where system footprint is the primary consideration.
  • If additional external communication and storage devices are required 7014-T00 or T42 racks should be ordered. There is no limit on the quantity of 7014 racks allowed.
  • The height of the 7040-61R rack (42U) or expansion feature rack may require special handling when shipping by air or when moving under a low doorway.
  • The 7040-61R rack always incorporates two bulk power assemblies for redundancy (#8690). These provide 350V DC power for devices located in the 61R rack and associated expansion rack feature. These bulk power assemblies are mounted in front and rear positions and occupy the top 8U of the rack. To provide optimum system availability these bulk power assemblies should be powered from separate power sources via separate line cords.
  • Bulk power regulators (#6186) interface to the bulk power assemblies to ensure proper power is supplied to the systems components. Bulk power regulators are always installed in pairs in the front and rear bulk power assemblies to provide redundancy. The number of bulk power regulators required is configuration dependent based on the number of processor MCMs and I/O drawers installed.
  • The following table provides the number of bulk power regulators required for servers containing POWER4 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz processor MCMs:
          Number of POWER4 Processor MCMs Installed
          -----------------------------------------
                                   1      2      3      4
                                  ---    ---    ---    ---
                          1        2      2      4      4
                          2        2      2      4      4
      Number of 7040-61D  3        -      4      4      4
      I/O Drawers         4        -      4      4      4
      plus 7045-SW4       5        -      -      6      6
      switch              6        -      -      6      6
      Installed           7        -      -      -      6
                          8        -      -      -      6
     
    
  • The following table provides the number of bulk power regulators required for servers containing POWER4+ 1.5, GHz 1.7 or 1.9 GHz processor MCMs:
                    Number of POWER4+ Processor MCMs Installed
                    ------------------------------------------
                                   1      2      3      4
                                  ---    ---    ---    ---
                          1        2      2      4      4
                          2        2      4      4      4
      Number of 7040-61D  3        -      4      4      4
      I/O Drawers         4        -      4      4      6
      plus 7045-SW4       5        -      -      6      6
      switch              6        -      -      6      6
      Installed           7        -      -      -      6
                          8        -      -      -      6
     
    
  • Two Power Controller features (#6187) are required for all pSeries 690 systems, one per bulk power assembly. Each Power Controller provides power connections to support the systems four cooling fans. It also provides three additional connectors which can be utilized to attach DC power converters contained in the CEC. Ten additional connector locations are provided by the Power Distribution Assembly (#6188).
  • Two Power Distribution Assemblies (one per Bulk Power Assembly) are required on each system.
  • Additional Power Distribution Assemblies are added to provide more connections for large system configurations.
    • Four power distribution assemblies are required for configurations implementing one or more 7040-61D I/O drawers in Expansion Rack (#8691).
    • Four power distribution assemblies are required for configurations containing four 7040-61D I/O drawers and four #6189 CEC DC Power Converters.
    • Six power distribution assemblies are required for configurations containing eight 7040-61D I/O drawers and four #6189 CEC DC Power Converters without battery backup features #6200 and #6201 present.
  • Optional Integrated Battery Backup is available, if desired. The battery backup features protect against power line disturbances and provide sufficient power to allow an orderly system shutdown in the event that the power sources fail. The battery backup features each require 2U of space in the primary 7040-61R system rack or in the expansion rack (#8691).

PCI and PCI-X Slots and Adapters

  • System maximum limits for adapters and devices may not provide optimal system performance. These limits are given for connectivity and functionality assurance.
  • Configuration limitations have been established to help ensure appropriate PCI or PCI-X bus loading, adapter addressing, and system and adapter functional characteristics when ordering I/O drawers. These I/O drawer limitations are in addition to individual adapter limitations shown in the feature descriptions section.

Adapters

  • Most PCI and PCI-X adapters for the pSeries 690 system are capable of being hot-plugged. Any PCI adapter supporting a boot device or system console should not be hot-plugged. The SP Switch Attachment Adapter (#8396) can not be hot plugged.
  • The maximum number of a specific PCI or PCI-X adapter allowed per p690 server may be less than the number allowed per I/O drawer multiplied by the maximum number of I/O drawers supported. The maximum "per drawer" adapter information is contained in the 7040-61D I/O drawer sales manual. The following table provides the maximum number of each adapter supported per p690 server and per LPAR within a p690 server:
                                                     Max    Max     Max
                                                     Per    Per     Per
                                                    LPAR 7040-681 7040-681
                                                            With    With
                                                            Only    Only
                                                            #6563   #6571
                                                           Planars Planars
                                                           & RIO   & RIO-2
     
    (#2732) IBM Short-wave Serial HIPPI                  2    8       8
    (#2733) IBM Long-wave Serial HIPPI                   2    8       8
    (#2737) Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card               1    8       8
    (#2741) SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-LP SAS                8    8       8
    (#2742) SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-LP DAS                8    8       8
    (#2848) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator           1    8       8
    (#2849) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator           1    8       8
            W/Digital
    (#2751) S/390 ESCON Channel  Adapter                 4    8       0(2)
    (#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter                 16   16(1)   16(1)
    (#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller            32   32(1)   32(1)
    (#2946) Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM              40   40      40
    (#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol         14   16      16
    (#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter                20   20      20
    (#2969) Gigabit Ethernet - SX PCI Adapter           80   80      80
    (#2975) 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter     80   80      80
    (#4953) IBM 64-Bit/66 MHz ATM 155 UTP Adapter       40   40      40
    (#4957) IBM 64-Bit/66 MHz ATM 155 MMF Adapter       40   40      40
    (#4959) IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter                  40   40      40
    (#4960) IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator    32   32      32
    (#4961) IBM 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter          20   20      40
    (#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II         80   80     140
    (#4963) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)       4   32      32
    (#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter       80   80     140
    (#5701) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X      80   80     140
            Adapter
    (#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX E-net PCI-X  40   40      80
            Adapter
    (#5707) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X        40   40      40
            Adapter
       (#5710)  PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind     40   20      40
              Swap Adapter
       (#571)  PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID       40   20      40
              Blind Swap Adapter
    (#6203) PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter        30   30      30
    (#6204) PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI       20   20      20
            Adapter
    (#6206) PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter          2    2       0(2)
    (#6228) Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter               80   80     140
    (#6230) Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter            64   64      64
    (#6239) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter       140  80     140
    (#8396) IBM SP Switch Attachment Adapter             1    8      0(2)
    (#8397) IBM SP Switch2 Attachment Adapter            2   32      0(2)
    (#8398) SP Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter          2    0(3)   32
     
    

    Note: (1) Does not include #2943 and #2944 adapters configured as part of a #7315 or #7316 IBM Hardware Management Console for pSeries.

    Note: (2) Requires #6563 PCI Planar.

    Note: (3) Requires #6571 PCI-X Planar.

  • When configured with I/O drawers containing PCI planars (#6563) the combined quantities of the following adapters are limited to 80 adapters per pSeries 690 server, 10 per 7040-61D I/O drawer, and 5 per PCI planar (#6563). When configured with I/O drawers containing PCI-X planars (#6571) the combined quantities of these adapters are limited to 140 adapters per pSeries 690 server, 20 per 7040-61D I/O drawer, and 10 per PCI planar (#6571).
    • Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter (#2946)
    • Gigabit Ethernet - SX PCI Adapter (#2969)
    • 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2975)
    • IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700)
    • IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701)
    • IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX E-net PCI-X Adapt(#5706)
    • IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707)
    • PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (#5710)
    • PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (#5711)
    • PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203)
    • Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus (#6228)
    • Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230)
    • 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter (#6239)
    • SP Switch PCI Attachment Adapter (#8396)(1)
    • SP Switch2 PCI Attachment Adapter (#8397)(1)
    • SP Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter (#8398)(1)

      Note: (1) Each instance of an SP Switch (#8396), SP Switch2 (#8397), or SP Switch2 PCI-X (#8398) adapter should be counted as two adapters when calculating the 80 or 140 adapters per p690 limitation.

  • A combined maximum of 32 total 8-Port and 128-Port Asynchronous adapters (#2943 plus #2944) are allowed per 7040-681 server.
  • A combined maximum of eight total SysKonnect SK-Net FDDI adapters (#2741 plus #2742) are allowed per 7040-681 server.
  • A combined maximum of eight total Serial HIPPI adapters (#2732 plus #2733) are allowed per 7040-681 server.
  • A combined maximum of eight total POWER GXT135P Graphics Accellerators (#2848 plus #2849) are allowed per 7040-681 server.
  • A combined total of 40 ATM adapters (#2946 plus #4953 plus #4957) are allowed per 7040-681 server.
  • The SP Switch Attachment Adapter (#8396) and the SP Switch2 Attachment Adapters (#8397 and #8398) are mutually exclusive on a pSeries 690 system.
  • A combined maximum of 14 total ESCON (#2751) and 4-port Multiprotocol Adapters (#2947) are allowed per LPAR..
  • A maximum of eight total 4-port Multiprotocol Adapters (#2947) are allowed per LPAR when using SDLC, X.25 or bi-sync protocols.

Clustered Server Environment

  • IBM eServer pSeries and RS/6000 servers may be incorporated into a clustered environment operating under the control of the IBM Parallel Systems Support Programs for AIX (PSSP). Each cluster may contain a maximum of 16 pSeries 670 (7040-671) and pSeries 690 (7040-681) servers. Additional information regarding cluster configuration and scaling is available in the "Scaling Statement" section of the Family 9078+01 IBM eServer Cluster 1600, 9078-160 sales manual.
  • The pSeries 690 can be divided into multiple logical partitions (LPARs). Up to 16 LPARs on a p690 can be configured to function in the clustered server environment. Each LPAR configured as a clustered server is considered as one of the servers that can be incorporated into the overall cluster. A maximum of 48 servers in a cluster may be created using pSeries server LPARs.
  • Clustered server environments always incorporate a control workstation for cluster control. Clustered server environments are available in either switch-attached or non-switch attached implementations.
  • SP Switch2 attached servers utilize one or two SP Switch2 Attachment adapters (#8397) or Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter (#8398) for high speed interconnection to the SP Switch2 mounted in a 9076 frame. This environment does not require a 9076 SP Node in the configuration.
  • SP Switch attached servers utilize the SP Switch Attachment adapter (#8396) for high speed interconnection to the SP Switch mounted in a 9076 frame.
  • The SP Switch (#8396), and Switch2 (#8397) adapters are "double wide" PCI cards and take up the space of two PCI slots. They must be mounted in the optional PCI Blind-Swap Cassette Kit for Double Wide Adapters (#4598).
  • A non-switch attached environment utilizes an Ethernet connection to pass data between the clustered servers. This environment does not require a switch, 9076 Frame, or 9076 SP node in the configuration.
  • The SP Switch2 supports two configurations allowing communications over either one or two switch planes. Two switch plane configurations must incorporate two SP Switch2 Attachment Adapters (#8397) or Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapters (#8398) in each attached server. Implementations utilizing a one switch plane configuration are limited to a maximum of one Switch2 Attachment Adapter (#8397) or Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter (#8398) per attached server.
  • Each pSeries 690 clustered server interfaces to the control workstation via Ethernet twisted pair connections. An Ethernet connection to the control workstations is required for each clustered server (or LPAR operating as a clustered server) as well as on the HMC controlling the p690 system. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) should be utilized for this connection for the p690 server. The Ethernet adapters supporting the LPARs and clustered servers are allowed in slots 8, 9, 18, and 19 of the 7040-61D I/O drawer when utilizing the SP Switch2 Attachment Adapter (#8397) or Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter (#8398). It can be installed in slots 1 through 7 or slots 11 through 17 with the SP Switch Attachment Adapter (#8396). The HMC incorporates an Ethernet connection in it's basic configuration which is utilized for this connection.
  • An appropriate length switch cable is required to attach each switch attached server. This cable is ordered as a feature of the 9076 SP.
  • Eight SP Switch Attachment Adapters (#8396) are allowed per 7040-681 server. These adapters are located in the 7040-61D I/O drawers. A maximum of one adapter is allowed per #6563 I/O planar and two adapters per 7040-61D I/O drawer.
  • Thirty-two SP Switch2 Attachment Adapters (#8397) or Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapters (#8398) are allowed per 7040-681 server. These adapters are located in the 7040-61D I/O drawers. A maximum of two #8397 adapters is allowed per #6563 PCI I/O planar. A maximum of two #8598 adapters is allowed per #6571 PCI-X I/O planar.
  • Some I/O adapters supported on the 7040-681 servers when utilized in a non-clustered environment are not supported in the clustered server environments and must be removed. Refer to the IBM RS/6000 9076-550 Sales Manual pages for a list of the currently supported adapters. For more information, refer to the document RS/6000 SP Planning, Volume 1, Hardware and Physical Environment, (GA22-7280).
  • Feature #8397 adapters are not allowed with #6571 PCI-X planars. Feature #8398 adapters are not allowed with #6563 PCI planars.
  • Graphics adapters and natively attached displays are not supported in the clustered server environment. An ASCII terminal may be attached to servers in these environments but is not required. System control functions are provided by the SP control workstation.
  • For additional information regarding server clustering and control workstations, visit the IBM PSSP Web site:

    http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/resource/aix_resource/sp_books/

  • The establishment of a trusted network between the control workstation (CWS) and the Hardware Management Console (HMC) is needed to bypass a security vulnerability in Cluster 1600 systems with pSeries 690 or 670 servers. Refer to the PSSP V3.4 Read This First document at the Web site:

    http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/library/ sp_books/pssp.html

AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 Prerequisites

The following are required for using AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 or later:

  • Hardware Management Console for pSeries with V1.3 (also known as HMC Recovery Software Release 3 Version 1.0) or later
  • p670/690 (7040-671/681) system microcode (machine code) at the 11/14/2002 (RH021114) update, or later

IBM eServer Capacity Upgrade on Demand for Processors

  • Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) for processors is available for pSeries 690 (7040-681) servers. CUoD for processors allows inactive processors to be installed in the p690 server which can be permanently activated by the customer as required.
  • A minimum of eight active processors are required on any 7040-681 server implementing CUoD for processors. Each CUoD MCM must have a minimum of four of the eight processors active. This rule does not apply to initial orders that include features #7407, #7408, or #7409, which are 0 of 8-way CUoD processors. Systems with features #7407, #7408, or #7409 must be ordered as 32-way systems with four processors active.
  • The first MCM in a 7040-681 server implementing CUoD for POWER4 1.1 GHz or 1.3 GHz processors must always have eight fully active processors. The second, third, and fourth MCMs may be implemented with CUoD for processors if desired. This rule does not apply to initial orders that include feature #7409 0 of 8-way CUoD processors. Systems with feature #7409 must be ordered as 32-way systems with four processors active.
  • There is no permanent activation available for 0 of 8-way features #7407, #7408, or #7409. Any number of additional 30 day On/Off CoD activations may be ordered as needed.
  • Servers utilizing POWER4+ 1.5 GHz, 1.7 or 1.9 GHz processors may implement CUoD for processors on all installed MCMs if desired.
  • Additional processors on the CUoD MCMs are activated in increments of two by ordering the appropriate activation feature number. If more than two processors are to be activated at the same time the activation code should be ordered multiples.
  • Upon receipt of an order for a CUoD for processors activation code, IBM will provide the customer with a 32-character encrypted key. This key is entered into the system to activate the desired number of additional processors.
  • CUoD processors which have not been activated are available to the 7040-681 server for dynamic processor sparing when running AIX V5.2. If the server detects the impending failure of an active processor it will attempt to activate one of the unused CUoD processors and add it to the system configuration. This helps to keep the server's processing power at full strength until a repair action can be scheduled.
  • The following are required to support CUoD for processors:
    • AIX 5L V5.1 (with AIX 51-003 or higher Recommended Maintenance Package and PTFs U483632 and U483633) or later
    • Hardware Management Console for pSeries with V1.3, or later software
    • p670/690 (7040-671/681) system microcode (machine code) at the 11/14/2002 (RH021114) update, or later
  • AIX 5L V5.2, or later is recommended as it provides enhanced CUoD function.
  • CUoD on servers configured with AIX 5.1 are subject to the following limitations:
    • In SMP mode, activation of standby processors requires a system IPL to enable additional processors.
    • AIX 5.1 LPAR mode activation of standby processors requires a partition IPL to enable additional processors.
    • In mixed AIX 5.1 and 5.2 LPAR mode, activation of standby processors for any partition running AIX 5.1 requires a partition IPL. AIX 5.2 partitions can dynamically allocate additional processors.
  • Dynamic processor sparing is limited to systems and/or partitions which are running AIX 5.2. Systems running only AIX 5.1 provide processor sparing for a failed processor on a system IPL.

IBM eServer On/Off Capacity on Demand for Processors

  • On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/Off CoD) for processors is available for pSeries 690 (7040-681) servers. On/Off CoD for processors allows customers to temporarily activate installed CUoD processors and later deactivate the resources as desired.
  • Customers with installed but inactive CUoD processor resources can order On/Off CoD activation features. Each On/Off CoD activation ordered authorizes activation of two processors for 30 days of usage. These activations may be utilized for 30 consecutive days or turned on and off over a longer period of time if desired.
  • Customers may order multiple On/Off CoD activation codes if desired. These may be utilized to activate multiple two processor increments for the thirty day period or to activate two processors for periods longer than thirty days. The HMC controlling the p690 server will be utilized to set the parameters desired when utilizing multiple On/Off CoD activation codes.
  • Each On/Off CoD (Capacity on Demand) activation feature provides thirty days of usage for two processors on a CUoD (Capacity Upgrade on Demand) processor feature such as #7405. Each activation provides for 60 processor usage days since processors are activated and deactivated in pairs. Each On/Off CoD feature applies to any of the inactive CUoD processors in the system. The following are examples of the usage calculation:
    • A processor day is measured each time a processor is activated in a 24 hour period or any fraction thereof. If four processors are activated for 2 hours of testing or production, the result is four processor usage days.
    • Each time processors are activated starts a new measurement day. If a customer activates four processors for a two hour test and later in the same 24 hour period activates 2 processor for 2 hours to meet a peak workload the result is 6 processor days usage.

Trial Capacity on Demand (Trial CoD)

Trial Capacity on Demand (Trial CoD) is a function delivered with all pSeries servers supporting CUoD resources beginning May 30, 2003. Those servers with standby CUoD processors or memory will be capable of using a one-time, no-cost activation for a maximum period of 30 consecutive days. This enhancement allows for benchmarking of CUoD resources or can be used to provide immediate access to standby resources when the purchase of a permanent activation is pending.

Trial CoD is a complementary service offered by IBM. Although IBM intends to continue it for the foreseeable future, IBM reserves the right to withdraw Trial CoD at any time with or without notice.

IBM eServer Capacity Upgrade on Demand for Memory

  • Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) for memory is available for pSeries 690 (7040-681) servers. CUoD for processors allows inactive memory to be installed in the p690 server which can be permanently activated by the customer as required.
  • Memory CUoD is not supported on systems with 4-way MCM features #5240 or #5250.
  • CUoD for memory utilizes inward facing and outward facing 567 MHz memory cards in the following capacities:
    • 16 GB total card capacity with 8 GB active
    • 32 GB total card capacity with 16 GB active
  • CUoD for memory cards must always be ordered in identical pairs.
  • Memory configuration rules for the 7040-681 server apply to CUoD for memory cards as well as conventional memory cards. The memory configuration rules are applied based upon the maximum capacity of the memory card.
    • Apply 16 GB configuration rules for 16 GB CUoD for memory cards with less than 16 GB of active memory.
    • Apply 32 GB configuration rules for 32 GB CUoD for memory cards with less than 32 GB of active memory.
  • CUoD for memory may be utilized in any available memory position.
  • Additional memory CUoD memory cards are activated in increments of 4 GB by ordering the appropriate activation feature number. If more than one 4 GB memory increment is to be activated at the same time the activation code should be ordered multiples.
  • Upon receipt of an order for a CUoD for memory activation code, IBM will provide the customer a 32-character encrypted key. This key is entered into the system to activate the desired number of additional 4 GB memory increments.
  • The following are required to support CUoD for memory:
    • AIX V5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795), or later. AIX 5.1 is supported only when the system is configured for a single system image. Use of AIX 5.1 requires a system reboot to access activated CoD processor and/or memory resources.
    • Hardware Management Console for pSeries with V1.3.2, or later software
    • p670/690 (7040-671/681) system microcode (machine code) at the 05/2003 level update, or later

Dynamic Logical Partitioning

  • Dynamic logical partitioning (dynamic LPAR) allows system resources to be easily and quickly configured across multiple logical partitions (LPARs) on the p690 server.
  • Dynamic LPAR can be used to add newly activated Capacity Upgrade on Demand processors and memory into the p690 configuration without requiring a system re-boot.
  • The following are required for dynamic LPAR:
    • AIX 5L for POWER V5.2, or later
    • Hardware Management Console for pSeries with V1.3, or later software
    • p670/690 (7040-671/681) system microcode (machine code) at the 11/14/2002 (RH021114) update, or later

Hardware requirements

pSeries 690 -- Minimum System Configuration

The minimum configuration for an IBM eServer pSeries 690 includes the following items:

  • One - 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex (17U rack space required):
    • One - CD-ROM (#2624)
    • One - Diskette Drive Cable (#3155)
    • One - Operator Panel Attachment Cable (#3255)
    • One - 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 X 32 MB), 400 MHz (#4138)
    • One - 8 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing (#4181)
    • One - 8-Way, POWER4 Processor (First) (#5242)
    • One - Processor Clock Card, Programmable (#5251)
    • One - Power Cable Group, Bulk Power to CEC and Fans (#6161)
    • One - Interface Cable, Power to Service Processor (#6162)
    • Two - Power Converter Assembly, Central Electronics Complex (#6170)
    • One - Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller, First Processor Module (#6181)
    • One - Capacitor Book, First and Second Processor Modules (#6198)
    • One - Service Processor with Remote I/O Loop Attachment, Two Loops (#6404)
    • One - Backplane, Central Electronics Complex (#6565)
    • One - Media Drawer, Operator Panel, Diskette (#8692) - (1U Rack Space Required)
    • One - Drawer Placement Indicator, 18U Position, Primary Rack (#4618)
    • One - Language Specify (#9xxx)
  • One - 7040-61D I/O Drawer (4U rack space required):
    • One - SCSI Cable - I/O Drawer to Media Drawer (#2122)
    • One - Remote I/O Cable, 05.M (#3145) (between drawer halves)
    • Two - Remote I/O Cables, 2M (#3149)
    • Two - 18.2 GB, 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3157)
    • One - I/O Drawer Attachment Cable Group, Drawer Position #4605 (#6121)
    • Two - Power Converter Assembly, I/O Drawer (#6172)
    • One - Power Cable, I/O Drawer to Media Drawer (#6179)
    • One - PCI Single Ended SCSI Adapter (Media Drawer Attach) (#6206)
    • Two - I/O Drawer PCI Planar, 10 Slot, 2 Integrated Ultra3 SCSI Ports (#6563)
    • Four - Ultra3 SCSI 4-Pack Hot Swap Back Plane (#6564)
    • One - Drawer Placement Indicator, 9U Position, Primary Rack (#4609)
    • One - Language Specify (#9xxx)
  • One - 7040-61R System Rack (24-inch rack with 42U available space):
    • One - Front Door, Black with Copper Accent, Primary Rack (#6070)
    • One - Rear Door, Slim Line, Primary or Secondary Rack (#6074)
    • Two - Bulk Power Regulators (#6186)
    • Two - Power Controller, Four Cooling Fans, Three DC Power Converter Connections (#6187)
    • Two - Power Distribution Assembly, Ten DC Power Converter Connections (#6188)
    • One - Bulk Power Assembly, Redundant (#8690)
    • One - Rack Content Specify, 7040/681 - 17U (#0190)
    • One - Rack Content Specify, 7040/61D - 4U (#0191)
    • One - Rack Content Specify, 7040/681 Feature #8692 - 1U (#0192)
    • One - Rack Content Specify -7040/61R Feature #8490 - 8U (#0193)
    • Two - Line Cords, 60A/240VAC, 6-AWG, 14 feet, IEC309 Plug (#8678)
    • One - Language Specify (#9xxx)

pSeries 690 -- Capacity Backup Configuration

CUoD for memory is supported on p690 Capacity BackUp (CBU) systems. This enables the disaster recovery system to permanently grow memory to match memory growth on the production server. It is recommended that the backup system maintain the same amount of active memory as the production system to help ensure the highest level of service in the event of a disaster. CUoD for memory is permanent activation only and is separate and independent from the On/Off CoD for processors on the CBU system.

Software requirements

  • AIX 5L for POWER V5.1 with the 5100-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY21957), or later, or AIX 5L V5.2, or later
  • Specific hardware featues may require later levels of AIX 5L to function properly. See the individtual featue descriptions for specific AIX 5L requirements.

Back to topBack to top
 
Publications

The following publications are shipped with the pSeries 690. Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

           Title                              Order Number
 -------------------------------              ------------
 pSeries 690 Installation Guide               SA38-0587
 System Unit Safety Information               SA23-2652
 PCI Adapter Placement Reference              SA38-0538
 

Refer to the Related Publications section of the pSeries 690 Installation Guide for information regarding other available pSeries 690 publications or on the Web, visit:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/eserver/
techKnow?expanded=pSeriespubs#pSeries
 

Back to topBack to top
 
Features
TOC Link Features - No charge TOC Link Features - Chargeable TOC Link Feature availability matrix
TOC Link Feature descriptions TOC Link Feature exchanges


Features - No charge

  • LANGUAGES
    • (#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech
  • LINECORDS
    • (#9800) - Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada
    • (#9802) - Power Cord Specify - Brazil (125V, 15A)
    • (#9820) - Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)
    • (#9821) - Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)
    • (#9825) - Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)
    • (#9827) - Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)
    • (#9828) - Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)
    • (#9829) - Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)
    • (#9830) - Power Cord Specify - Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)
    • (#9831) - Power Cord Specify - Argentina (250V, 10A)
    • (#9833) - Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)
    • (#9834) - Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)
  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#5005) - Software Preinstall
    • (#0986) - CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
  • SPECIFY CODES
    • (#4618) - Drawer Placement Indicator, 18U Position, Primary Rack
    • (#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#9004) - Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • PROCESSORS
    • (#7407) - 8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor 0-Way Active
    • (#7408) - 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo CUoD Processor 0-Way Active
    • (#7409) - 8-Way POWER4 Turbo CUoD Processor Option, 0-Way Active

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • ADAPTERS
    • (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
    • (#4962) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#5723) - 2 Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
    • (#6404) - Support Processor with Remote I/O Loop Attachment, Two Loops
    • (#6410) - Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Four Loop
    • (#6418) - Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment, Two Loops
    • (#6419) - Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Four Loop
    • (#6432) - 2 Link Switch Network Interface (p690)
    • (#6434) - 4 Link Switch Network Interface (p690)
    • (#6437) - Dual SNI Link to Single SNI Link Converter
    • (#6440) - 633MHz Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment, Two Loops
    • (#6441) - 633MHz Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Four Loop
  • CABLES
    • (#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#3155) - Diskette Drive Cable
    • (#3166) - Switch Cable, 3 meter Copper
    • (#3167) - Switch Cable, 10 meter Copper
    • (#3255) - Operator Panel Attachment Cable
    • (#4253) - SCSI-to-IDE Interface Bridge
    • (#8120) - Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host, 6-Meter
    • (#8121) - Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host, 15-Meter
    • (#8131) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
    • (#8132) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
    • (#8133) - RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
    • (#8137) - Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
  • DISPLAYS
    • (#3627) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3628) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3629) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Pearl White, Captured Cable
    • (#3630) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Pearl White, and Cable
    • (#3637) - IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3640) - IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#7315) - Hardware Management Console I
    • (#7316) - Hardware Management Console II, Black
  • KEYBOARDS
    • (#6600) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English, #103P
    • (#6601) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, French, #189
    • (#6602) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Italian, #142
    • (#6603) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#6604) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, UK English, #166
    • (#6605) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Spanish, #172
    • (#6606) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Japanese, #194
    • (#6629) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#6638) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Russian, #443
    • (#6640) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English ISO9995, #103P
    • (#8700) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P
    • (#8701) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189
    • (#8702) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142
    • (#8703) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#8704) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166
    • (#8705) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172
    • (#8706) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194
    • (#8729) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#8735) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445
    • (#8738) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443
    • (#8740) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995, #103P
  • MEMORY
    • (#4181) - 8 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing
    • (#4182) - 8 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing
    • (#4183) - 16 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing
    • (#4184) - 16 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing
    • (#4188) - 32 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing
    • (#4189) - 32 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing
    • (#4196) - 4 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing
    • (#4197) - 4 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing
    • (#4138) - 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 X 32 MB), 400 MHz
    • (#4139) - 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 X 32 MB), 433 MHz
    • (#4198) - 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32 MB), 500 MHz
    • (#4199) - 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32 MB), 567 MHz
    • (#4368) - 4GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4369) - 4GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4464) - 8GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4465) - 8GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4466) - 16GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4467) - 16GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4468) - 64GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4469) - 64GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4470) - 128GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4471) - 128GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4472) - 32GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4473) - 32GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4480) - 4GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4482) - 8GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4481) - 4 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Ouward Facing
    • (#4483) - 8 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4484) - 16 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4485) - 16 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4486) - 32 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4487) - 32 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Outard Facing
    • (#4488) - 64 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Inward Facing
    • (#4489) - 64 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Outward Facing
    • (#4697) - 128MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32MB), 633MHz
    • (#4699) - 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32 MB), 567 MHz - Alternate
    • (#7040) - 16GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 8GB Active
    • (#7041) - 16GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 8GB Active
    • (#7043) - 32GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 16GB Active
    • (#7045) - 32GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 16GB Active
    • (#7050) - 16 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 8 GB Active
    • (#7051) - 16 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 8 GB Active
    • (#7054) - 32 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 16 GB Active
    • (#7055) - 32 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 16 GB Active
    • (#7060) - 4 GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7050 and #7051
    • (#7063) - 4GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7040 and #7041
    • (#7064) - 4GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7043 and #7045
    • (#7061) - 4 GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7054 and #7055
    • (#8011) - 128 MB Level 3 Cache, 400 MHz - Upgrade Indicator
    • (#8013) - 128 MB Level 3 Cache, 500 MHz - Upgrade Indicator
  • POWER
    • (#6170) - Power Converter Assembly, Central Electronics Complex
    • (#6189) - DC Power Converter, CEC, Additional
    • (#6198) - Capacitor Book, Two Processor Modules
    • (#6161) - Cable Group, Power Controller to CEC and Fans
    • (#6162) - Interface Cable, Service Processor to Power Subsystem
    • (#6181) - Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller
    • (#6182) - Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller
    • (#6183) - Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller
    • (#6184) - Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller
    • (#6202) - Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller, Additional
  • MEDIA DEVICES
    • (#2623) - 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (Black Bezel)
    • (#2624) - 32X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive
    • (#2634) - 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
    • (#5752) - 4.7 GB SCSI DVD-RAM Drive
    • (#6120) - IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology
    • (#6158) - 20/40GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive
  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#6565) - Backplane, Central Electronics Complex
    • (#8007) - System CEC Backplane - Upgrade Indicator
    • (#8015) - System CEC Backplane Replacement - Upgrade Indicator
  • PROCESSORS
    • (#5207) - POWER4+ Turbo 8-Way MCM, MES Only, Requires RPQ 8A1241
    • (#5240) - 4-Way POWER4 HPC Processor Option (First)
    • (#5241) - 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo 1.9GHz Processor
    • (#5242) - 8-Way POWER4 Processor (First)
    • (#5244) - 8-Way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (First)
    • (#5245) - 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (First) MES Feature
    • (#5247) - 4-Way POWER4+ Processor with 128MB L3 Cache
    • (#5243) - 8-Way POWER4+ Processor Option
    • (#5246) - 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo Processor Option
    • (#5248) - 8-Way POWER4+ Processor with 128MB L3 Cache
    • (#5250) - 4-Way POWER4 HPC Processor Option
    • (#5252) - 8-Way POWER4 Processor
    • (#5254) - 8-Way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option
    • (#5257) - Processor Bus Pass Through Module
    • (#5251) - Processor Clock Card, Programmable
    • (#7400) - 8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor with 128MB L3 Cache, 4-Way Active
    • (#7403) - 8-Way POWER4 CUoD Processor Option, 4-Way Active
    • (#7404) - 8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor 4-Way Active
    • (#7405) - 8-Way POWER4 Turbo CUoD Processor Option, 4-Way Active
    • (#7406) - 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo CUoD Processor 4-Way Active
    • (#7410) - Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7400
    • (#7413) - Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7403
    • (#7414) - Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7404
    • (#7415) - Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7405
    • (#7416) - Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7406
    • (#7420) - On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7400
    • (#7422) - On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7402
    • (#7423) - On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7403
    • (#7424) - On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7404
    • (#7425) - On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7405
    • (#7426) - On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7406
    • (#7431) - 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo 1.9GHz CUoD Processor 4-Way Active
    • (#7441) - Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7431
    • (#7451) - On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7431
    • (#8009) - POWER4 1.1 GHz First MCM - Upgrade Indicator
    • (#8010) - POWER4 1.1 GHz Second MCM - Upgrade Indicator
    • (#8012) - POWER4+ 1.5 GHz MCM - Upgrade Indicator
    • (#8014) - Processor Bus Pass Through Module - Upgrade Indicator
  • RACK RELATED
    • (#8692) - Media Drawer, Operator Panel, Diskette

Feature availability matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 7040 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

         6  A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
         8  N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
         1 
FEAT/PN            DESCRIPTION
-------- - -----------------------------------------
0986     A  CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
2623     S  4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (Black Bezel)
2624     S  32X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive
2634     S  16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
2934     A  Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2943     S  8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2944     S  128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
3155     S  Diskette Drive Cable
3166     S  Switch Cable, 3 meter Copper
3167     S  Switch Cable, 10 meter Copper
3255     S  Operator Panel Attachment Cable
3627     S  IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
3628     S  IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
                 Universal
3629     S  IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Pearl White, Captured Cable
3630     S  IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Pearl White, and Cable
3637     S  IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black,
            Captured Cable
3638     S  IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3639     S  IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640     S  IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641     S  IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642     S  ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643     S  IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644     S  IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645     S  IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3927     A  Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928     A  Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
4138     S  128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 X 32 MB), 400 MHz
4139     S  128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 X 32 MB), 433 MHz
4181     S  8   GB Memory Card,  Inward Facing
4182     S  8   GB Memory Card,  Outward Facing
4183     S  16  GB Memory Card,  Inward Facing
4184     S  16  GB Memory Card,  Outward Facing
4188     S  32  GB Memory Card,  Inward Facing
4189     S  32  GB Memory Card,  Outward Facing
4196     S  4   GB Memory Card,  Inward Facing
4197     S  4   GB Memory Card,  Outward Facing
4198     S  128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32 MB), 500 MHz
4199     S  128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32 MB), 567 MHz
4253     S  SCSI-to-IDE Interface Bridge
4368     S  4GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
4369     S  4GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
4464     S  8GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
4465     S  8GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
4466     S  16GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
4467     S  16GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
4468     S  64GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
4469     S  64GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
4470     S  128GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
4471     S  128GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
4472     S  32GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing
4473     S  32GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing
4480     S  4GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing
4481     S  4GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Ouward Facing
4482     S  8GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Inward Facing
4483     S  8GB Memory Card, 567MHz, Outward Facing
4484     S  16  GB Memory Card,  567 MHz, Inward Facing
4485     S  16  GB Memory Card,  567 MHz, Outward Facing
4486     S  32  GB Memory Card,  567 MHz, Inward Facing
4487     S  32  GB Memory Card,  567 MHz, Outard Facing
4488     S  64  GB Memory Card,  567 MHz, Inward Facing
4489     S  64  GB Memory Card,  567 MHz, Outward Facing
4618     S  Drawer Placement Indicator, 18U Position, Primary Rack
4651     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666     A  Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4697     S  128MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32MB), 633MHz
4699     S  128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32 MB), 567 MHz - Alternate
4962     S  10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
5005     A  Software Preinstall
5207     S  POWER4+ Turbo  8-Way MCM, MES Only, Requires RPQ 8A1241
5240     S  4-Way POWER4  HPC Processor Option (First)
5241     S  8-Way POWER4+ Turbo 1.9GHz Processor
5242     S  8-Way POWER4  Processor (First)
5243     S  8-Way POWER4+ Processor Option
5244     S  8-Way POWER4  Turbo Processor Option (First)
5245     S  8-way POWER4  Turbo Processor Option (First) MES Feature
5246     S  8-Way POWER4+ Turbo Processor Option
5247     N  4-Way POWER4+ Processor with 128MB L3 Cache
5248     N  8-Way POWER4+ Processor with 128MB L3 Cache
5250     S  4-Way POWER4  HPC Processor Option
5251     S  Processor Clock Card, Programmable
5252     S  8-Way POWER4  Processor
5254     S  8-Way POWER4  Turbo Processor Option
5257     S  Processor Bus Pass Through Module
5723     S  2 Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5752     A  4.7 GB SCSI DVD-RAM Drive
6120     S  IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology
6158     S  20/40 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive
6161     S  Cable Group, Power Controller to CEC and Fans
6162     S  Interface Cable, Service Processor to Power Subsystem
6170     S  Power Converter Assembly, Central Electronics Complex
6181     S  Power Cable Group,  CEC to Power Controller
6182     S  Power Cable Group,  CEC to Power Controller
6183     S  Power Cable Group,  CEC to Power Controller
6184     S  Power Cable Group,  CEC to Power Controller
6189     S  DC Power Converter, CEC, Additional
6198     S  Capacitor Book,     Two Processor Modules
6202     S  Power Cable Group,  CEC to Power Controller,
                 Additional Power Option
6404     S  Support Processor with Remote I/O Loop Attachment, Two
                 Loops
6410     S  Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Four Loop
6418     S  Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop
                 Attachment, Two Loops
6419     S  Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Four Loop
6432     S  2 Link Switch Network Interface (p690)
6434     S  4 Link Switch Network Interface (p690)
6437     A  Dual SNI Link to Single SNI Link Converter
6440     S  633MHz Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop
                 Attachment, Two Loops
6441     S   633MHz Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Four Loop
6565     S  Backplane, Central Electronics Complex
6600     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English, #103P
6601     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, French, #189
6602     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, Italian, #142
6603     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, German/Austrian, #129
6604     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, UK English, #166
6605     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, Spanish, #172
6606     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, Japanese, #194
6629     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, LA Spanish, #171
6638     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, Russian, #443
6640     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English ISO9995, #103P
7040     S  16GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 8GB Active
7041     S  16GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 8GB Active
7043     S  32GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 16GB Active
7045     S  32GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 16GB
                 Active
7050     S  16 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 8 GB
                 Active
7051     S  16 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 8 GB
                 Active
7054     S  32 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 16 GB
                 Active
7055     S  32 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 16 GB
                 Active
7060     S  4  GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7050 and #7051
7061     S  4  GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7054 and #7055
7063     S  4GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7040 and #7041
7064     S  4GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7043 and #7045
7315     S  Hardware Management Console I
7316     S  Hardware Management Console II, Black
7400     N  8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor with 128 MB L3 Cache,
                 4-Way Active
7401     N  8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor with 128 MB L3 Cache, 0-Way
                 Active
7403     S  8-Way POWER4  CUoD Processor Option, 4-Way Active
7404     S  8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor 4-Way Active
7405     S  8-Way POWER4  Turbo CUoD Processor Option, 4-Way Active
7406     S  8-Way POWER4+ Turbo CUoD Processor 4-Way Active
7407     S  8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor 0-Way Active
7408     S  8-Way POWER4+ Turbo CUoD Processor 0-Way Active
7409     S  8-Way POWER4  Turbo CUoD Processor Option, 0-Way Active
7410     N  Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature
                 #7400
7413     S  Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7403
7414     S  Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature
                 #7404
7415     S  Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7405
7416     S  Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature
                 #7406
7420     N  On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for
                 Processor Feature #7400
7422     N  On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for
                 Processor Feature #7402
7423     S  On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for
                 Processor Feature #7403
7424     S  On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for
                 Processor Feature #7404
7425     S  On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for
                 Processor Feature #7405
7426     S  On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for
                 Processor Feature #7406
7431     S  8-Way POWER4+ Turbo 1.9GHz CUoD Processor 4-Way Active
7441     S  Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature
                 #7431
7451     S  On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for
                 Processor Feature #7431
8007     S  System CEC Backplane          - Upgrade Indicator
8009     S  POWER4 1.1 GHz First MCM      - Upgrade Indicator
8010     S  POWER4 1.1 GHz Second MCM     - Upgrade Indicator
8011     S  128 MB Level 3 Cache, 400 MHz - Upgrade Indicator
8012     S  POWER4+ 1.5 GHz MCM           - Upgrade Indicator
8013     S  128 MB Level 3 Cache, 500 MHz - Upgrade Indicator
8014     S  Processor Bus Pass Through Module  - Upgrade Indicator
8015     S  System CEC Backplane Replacement   - Upgrade Indicator
8120     S  Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host,
                 6-Meter
8121     S  Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host,
                 15-Meter
8131     S  128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
8132     S  128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
8133     S  RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
8137     S  Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8692     S  Media Drawer, Operator Panel, Diskette
8700     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P
8701     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189
8702     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142
8703     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
8704     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166
8705     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172
8706     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194
8729     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
8735     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445
8738     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443
8740     S  Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995,
                 #103P
9004     A  Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors
9300     A  Language Group Specify - US English
9703     A  Language Group Specify - French
9704     A  Language Group Specify - German
9705     A  Language Group Specify - Polish
9707     A  Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708     A  Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711     A  Language Group Specify - Italian
9712     A  Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714     A  Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715     A  Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716     A  Language Group Specify - Korean
9718     A  Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719     A  Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720     A  Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721     A  Language Group Specify - Russian
9722     A  Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724     A  Language Group Specify - Czech
9800     A  Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada
9802     A  Power Cord Specify - Brazil (125V, 15A)
9820     A  Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)
9821     A  Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)
9825     A  Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)
9827     A  Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)
9828     A  Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)
9829     A  Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)
9830     A  Power Cord Specify - Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)
9831     A  Power Cord Specify - Argentina (250V, 10A)
9833     A  Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)
9834     A  Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)
 

Feature descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0986) CCS Customer Service Specify (US)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Center for Customized Solutions (CCS).

FC 0986 is available only on the initial plant order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#0986)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#2623) 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (Black Bezel)

(No Longer Available as of September 24, 2004)

The SCSI-2 DVD-RAM drive is a multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7 GB DVD-RAM discs and reading CD-ROM discs. This device also provides read/write compatibility with conventional 2.6 GB DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter, 1350KB/sec write (1X DVD) and 2705KB/sec read (2X DVD)
  • Interface: SCSI-2 supporting synchronous and asynchronous data transfer
  • Average Random Access Time: 100ms CD-ROM, 155ms DVD-RAM
  • High-speed synchronous burst rate of 10MB/second
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (in horizontal orientation only), 12cm discs (CD-ROM) and 4.7 GB DVD cartridges
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
  • Reads multi-session discs
  • Reads CD-recordable discs
  • Reads CD-RW discs
  • Reads and writes 2.6 GB, 4.7 GB and 9.4 GB (double sided) DVD-RAM media
  • Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio
  • Contains headphone output and line output for audio

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Attributes provided: 4.7 GB 2X DVD (2705 KB/Sec) DVD-RAM
  • Attributes required: 1 half high media bay and one SCSI address
  • For 7040-681: (#2623)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One device capable of reading CD media is required per 7040-681. This DVD RAM may be mounted in the rear bays of the #8962 media drawer only if the operating environment is maintained at 24 degrees C (75.2 degrees F) or below. This device is allowed in the rear bays of the #8692 media drawer on systems installed at 2134 meters (7,000 ft) or below.

(#2624) 32X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of September 12, 2003)

The 32X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal CD-ROM Drive is a tray loading CD-ROM drive providing up to 4800KB/sec maximum media data transfer rate. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor, single ended, 8 bit, multi-session capable, CD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 600MB CD-ROM discs.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 4800 KB/sec (Max)
  • Interface: SCSI-2 8 bit Single Ended (SE)
  • Avg. Random Access Time: 90ms (typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 512KB
  • Media capacity: Greater than 600MB
  • Multisession capable (Reads CDR & CDRW media)
  • 5.25-inch half-high form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks
  • Attributes provided: 600MB 32X (max)(up to 4800KB/sec) CDROM
  • Attributes required: 1 half high media bay and 1 SCSI-2 internal SE 8-bit address
  • For 7040-681: (#2624)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

Note: One device capable of reading CD media is required per 7040-681.

(#2634) 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

The 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 7200KB/sec (CD-ROM) and 22.16MB/sec (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=7200 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=22.16MB/sec (max)
  • Interface: IDE/ATAPI
  • Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=90ms(typical); DVD-ROM=135ms(typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 256KB
  • Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)
  • Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
  • 5.25-inch half-high form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • This DVD-ROM drive is limited to reading only CD-type formatted media when running with AIX 5.1 software.
  • Attributes provided: 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: 1 half-high media bay

    The 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive (#2634) requires a SCSI-to-IDE Interface Bridge (#4253) when installed in this system.

    The (#2634) 16X/48X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive is allowed in the rear bays of the media drawer only if it is limited to a maximum system ambient operating temperature of 24 C (75.2 F) at a maximum operating altitude of 2134 m (7,000 ft).

  • For 7040-681: (#2634)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1, 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is is used in conjunction with :

  • FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus)
  • FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136)
  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
  • For 7040-681: (#2934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7040-681: (#2943)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: This adapter is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Adapters for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of two #2943 and #2944 adapters in combination per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 128-Port Async Adapter subsystem provides attachment for a high concentration of asynchronous lines (up to 128) from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.

Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs), up to four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel.

RANs can also be used with this adapter. If these RANs are connected the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RANs on separate synchronous channels.

  • Attributes provided: Up to 128 Async Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot, One to eight (#8137) or (#8138)
  • For 7040-681: (#2944)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This adapter is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Adapters for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    A maximum of two #2944 or # 2943 adapters are allowed per #7316 HMC. Feature #2943 and #2944 adapters may not be installed in combination in the #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#3155) Diskette Drive Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This cable connects a diskette drive in a system media drawer with the diskette controller.

  • Attributes provided: Diskette attachment cable
  • Attributes required: Diskette controller and diskette
  • For 7040-681: (#3155)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#3166) Switch Cable, 3 meter Copper

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

The Switch Cable, 3 meter Copper, is used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable copper connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the p690 or p655 to the switch port connection card within the HPS.

  • Attributes provided: Switch Cable, 3 meter Copper
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#3166)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3167) Switch Cable, 10 meter Copper

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

The Switch Cable, 10 meter Copper, is used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable copper connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the p690 or p655 to the switch port connection card within the HPS. It is used when the switch is in a different rack than the p690 or p655. #3167 is also used for switch to switch connections between Node Switch Boards (NSB's) or between NSB's and Intermediate Switch Boards (ISB's).

  • Attributes provided: Switch Cable, 10 meter Copper
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#3167)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3255) Operator Panel Attachment Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This cable connects an operator panel in a media drawer with the system Central Electronics Complex.

  • Attributes provided: Operator panel connection
  • Attributes required: Operator panel and CEC connection
  • For 7040-681: (#3255)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#3627) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable

(No Longer Available as of July 25, 2003)

The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 17-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70 Hz.

Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3627)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of one display per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#3628) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of February 27, 2004)

The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 21-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced.

Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3628)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of one display per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#3629) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Pearl White, Captured Cable

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characters:

  • Pearl White Color
  • 17-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70 Hz.

    Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3629)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This display is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Displays for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one display per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#3630) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Pearl White, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characters:

  • Pearl White Color
  • 21-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced.

    Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3630)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This display is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Displays for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one display per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#3637) IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black, Captured Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The T541H and the L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3637)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The IBM C220p monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 21.0-inch Flat Aperture Grille CRT with a viewable image size of 508 mm (20.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.248 mm pixel pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum and maximum supported addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz (Vesa) non-interlaced. Capable of 2048 x 1636 at 75 Hz (Vesa).
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Depth: 483.6 mm (19.0 in.)
  • Height: 516.4 mm (20.3 in.)
  • Width: 512.8 mm (20.2 in.)
  • Weight: 30.5 kg (67.2 lbs.)
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

      Note: Maximum of one display per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#3639) IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2005)

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical +/-85 degrees; horizontal +/-85 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3639)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of one display per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#3640) - IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The IBM ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical +/-75 degrees; horizontal +/-75 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (minimal) 700:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 10, 2007)

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
  • Tilt adjustable stand
  • Analog connection
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
  • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
  • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • One removable analog cable
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3641)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3642) - ThinkVision L191P Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
  • Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
  • Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3642)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

(No longer available as of January 25, 2008)

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3643)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3644)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
  • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
  • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7040-681: (#3645)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 7040-681: (#3927)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • For 7040-681: (#3928)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: n/a
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4138) 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 X 32 MB), 400 MHz

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides four 32 MB L3 cache modules for 128 MB of L3 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MB of Level 3 Cache
  • Attributes required: Empty Level 3 Cache position
  • For 7040-681: (#4138)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: One #4138 L3 Cache required per 8-way 1.0 GHz processor MCM.

(#4139) 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 X 32 MB), 433 MHz

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides four 32 MB L3 cache modules for 128 MB of L3 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MB of Level 3 Cache
  • Attributes required: Empty Level 3 Cache position
  • For 7040-681: (#4139)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One #4139 L3 Cache required per 4-way or 8-way 1.3 GHz processor MCM.

(#4181) 8 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides 8 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 8 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4181)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4182) 8 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides 8GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 8 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4182)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4183) 16 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of August 8, 2003)

This feature provides 16 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 16 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4183)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4184) 16 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of August 8, 2003)

This feature provides 16 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided:16 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4184)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4188) 32 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of August 8, 2003)

This feature provides 32 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 32 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4188)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4189) 32 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of August 8, 2003)

This feature provides 32 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 32 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4189)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4196) 4 GB Memory Card, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides 4 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 4 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4196)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4197) 4 GB Memory Card, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides 4 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 4 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4197)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4198) 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32 MB), 500 MHz

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2007)

This feature provides four 32 MB L3 cache modules for 128 MB of L3 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MB of Level 3 Cache
  • Attributes required: Empty Level 3 Cache position
  • For 7040-681: (#4198)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

Feature #4698 is an alternatiave to this feature. Features #4198 and #4698 are mutually exclusive within a 7040-681 server.

(#4199) 128 MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32 MB), 567 MHz

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides four 32MB L3 cache modules for 128MB of L3 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MB of Level 3 Cache
  • Attributes required: Empty Level 3 Cache position
  • For 7040-681: (#4199)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

Feature #4699 is an alternate to this feature. Features #4199 and #4699 are mutually exclusive within a 7060-681 server.

(#4253) SCSI-to-IDE Interface Bridge

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

This converter card attaches to the back of an IDE Optical Storage device and creates an advanced SCSI-to-IDE interface bridge. It is being used with the 16/48X (max) IDE DVD-ROM drive (# 2634) to allow the drive to attach as an LVD SCSI DVD-ROM drive. With a built-in high-speed RISC micro-controller it can handle synchronous data transfer rates. The card contains a 68-pin connector, and acquires its power through a floppy drive connector.

  • Attributes provided: one SCSI to IDE Intefrace Bridge
  • Attributes required: one DVD-ROM drive (# 2634)
  • For 7040-681: (#4253)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1, AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4368) 4GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 4GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 4GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4368)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4369) 4GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 4B of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 4GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4369)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4464) 8GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 8GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 8GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4464)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4465) 8GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 8GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 8GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4465)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4466) 16GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 16GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 16GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4466)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4467) 16GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 16GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 16GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4467)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4468) 64GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 64GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 64GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4468)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4469) 64GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 64GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 64GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4469)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4470) 128GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 128GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 128GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4470)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

      Note: This feature is not available on 7040-681 servers equipped with POWER4 processor features #5240, 5242, 5244, 5245, 5250, 5252, 5254, 7403, 7405, 7409, 8009, or 8010.

(#4471) 128GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 128GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 128GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4471)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

      Note: This feature is not available on 7040-681 servers equipped with POWER4 processor features #5240, 5242, 5244, 5245, 5250, 5252, 5254, 7403, 7405, 7409, 8009, or 8010.

(#4472) 32GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 32GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 32GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4472)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature converson only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4473) 32GB Memory Card, 633MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 32GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 32GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4473)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4480) 4 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 4GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 4GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4480)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4481) 4 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Ouward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 4 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 4 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4481)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4482) 8 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 8 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 8 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4482)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4483) 8 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 8 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 8 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4483)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4484) 16 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 16 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 16 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4484)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4485) 16 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides 16 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 16 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4485)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4486) 32 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides 32GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 32 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4486)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4487) 32 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Outard Facing

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides 32 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 32 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4487)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4488) 64 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Inward Facing

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides 64 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 64 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One inward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4488)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4489) 64 GB Memory Card, 567 MHz, Outward Facing

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides 64 GB of system memory.

  • Attributes provided: 64 GB of system memory
  • Attributes required: One outward facing memory location
  • For 7040-681: (#4489)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#4618) Drawer Placement Indicator, 18U Position, Primary Rack

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This drawer placement indicator specifies that the bottom of a drawer should be positioned at the 18U position of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Drawer position indicator in rack
  • Attributes required: Available rack space for the drawer
  • For 7040-681: (#4618)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4651) Rack Indicator, Rack #1

This indicator is used to specify the first rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the first rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4651)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#4652) Rack Indicator, Rack #2

This indicator is used to specify the second rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the second rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4652)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4653) Rack Indicator, Rack #3

This indicator is used to specify the third rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the third rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4653)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4654) Rack Indicator, Rack #4

This indicator is used to specify the fourth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fourth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4654)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4655) Rack Indicator, Rack #5

This indicator is used to specify the fifth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fifth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4655)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4656) Rack Indicator, Rack #6

This indicator is used to specify the sixth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the sixth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4656)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4657) Rack Indicator, Rack #7

This indicator is used to specify the seventh rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the seventh rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4657)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4658) Rack Indicator, Rack #8

This indicator is used to specify the eighth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the eighth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4658)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4659) Rack Indicator, Rack #9

This indicator is used to specify the ninth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the ninth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4659)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4660) Rack Indicator, Rack #10

This indicator is used to specify the tenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the tenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4660)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4661) Rack Indicator, Rack #11

This indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the eleventh rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4661)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4662) Rack Indicator, Rack #12

This indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the twelfth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4662)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4663) Rack Indicator, Rack #13

This indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the thirteenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4663)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4664) Rack Indicator, Rack #14

This indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fourteenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4664)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4665) Rack Indicator, Rack #15

This indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fifteenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4665)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4666) Rack Indicator, Rack #16

This indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the sixteenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • For 7040-681: (#4666)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#4697) 128MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32MB), 633MHz

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2007)

This feature provides four 32MB L3 cache modules for 128MB of L3 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 128MB of Level 3 Cache
  • Attributes required: Empty Level 3 Cache position
  • For 7040-681: (#4697)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#4699) 128MB Level 3 Cache (4 x 32MB), 567 MHz - Alternate

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2004)

This feature provides four 32 MB L3 cache modules for 128 MB of L3 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MB of Level 3 Cache
  • Attributes required: Empty Level 3 Cache position
  • For 7040-681: (#4699)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires returned parts only when ordered as a feature conversion.

This feature is an alternate to feature #4199. Feature #4199 and #4699 are mutually exclusive within a 7040-681 server.

(#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

  • Half / Full-Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full-duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.

Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7040-681: (#4962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This adapter is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Adapters for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

A maximum of one #4962 adapter is allowed per #7316 HMC.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both of these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

(#5005) Software Preinstall

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#5005)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#5207) POWER4+ Turbo 8-Way MCM, MES Only, Requires RPQ 8A1241

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides one 8-way 1.7 GHz processor MCM equivalent to feature #5246. This feature is available only via feature conversion from features #5244 or #5254. RPQ 8A1241 is required on the server receiving this feature.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way 1.7 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: RPQ 8A1241
  • For 7040-681: (#5207)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: This feature is available via feature conversion only. This feature is available only on 7040-681 servers configured with RPQ 8A1241.

(#5240) 4-Way POWER4 HPC Processor Option (First)

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2003)

This HPC Option feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides four 1.3 GHz POWER4 processors and incorporates 5.6 MB of shared Level 2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Way POWER4 1.3 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty first processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5240)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX version 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

    Note: This feature is not available via the Quick Ship Warehouse. Bulk MES orders are not allowed. The serial number of the using system must be included as a part of a conventional MES for this feature.

(#5241) 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo 1.9GHz Processor

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2007)

This feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides eight 1.9GHz POWER4+ Turbo processors and incorporates 5.6MB of shared Level 2 Cache.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo 1.9GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5241)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature converson only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts. Requires #6440 Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter.

(#5242) 8-Way POWER4 Processor (First)

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2003)

This feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides eight 1.1 GHz POWER4 processors and incorporates 5.6 MB of shared Level 2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4 1.1 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty first processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5242)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or Later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#5243) 8-Way POWER4+ Processor Option

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2007)

This feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides eight 1.5 GHz POWER4+ processors and incorporates 5.6 MB of shared Level 2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4+ 1.5 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5243)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires #6418 - Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment.

This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#5244) 8-Way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (First)

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2003)

This Turbo Option feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides eight 1.3 GHz POWER4 processors and incorporates 5.6 MB of shared Level 2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4 1.3 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty first processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5244)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#5245) 8-way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option (First) MES Feature

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2003)

This Turbo Option feature provides a first 8-way 1.3 GHz processor multi-chip module (MCM) for MES only at the time of an available processor feature conversion. The processors being removed in the feature conversion must be returned to IBM.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4 1.3 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Processor Feature Conversion
  • For 7040-681: (#5245)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: This feature is available only at the time of a feature conversion from feature #5240 or #5242 to #5245. This feature is not available from quick ship.

(#5246) 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo Processor Option

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides eight 1.7 GHz POWER4+ processors and incorporates 5.6 MB of shared Level 2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4+ 1.7 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5246)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires #6418 - Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment.

This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#5250) 4-Way POWER4 HPC Processor Option

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This HPC Option feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides four 1.3 GHz POWER4 processors and incorporates 5.6 MB of shared Level 2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Way POWER4 1.3 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty 2nd, 3rd, or 4th processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5250)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: This feature is not available via the Quick Ship Warehouse. Bulk MES orders are not allowed. The serial number of the using system must be included as a part of a conventional MES for this feature.

(#5251) Processor Clock Card, Programmable

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This feature provides programmable processor and system clocking.

  • Attributes provided: Programmable clock card
  • Attributes required: Empty clock card position
  • For 7040-681: (#5251)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#5252) 8-Way POWER4 Processor

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides eight 1.1 GHz POWER4 processors and incorporates 5.6MB of shared Level 2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4 1.1 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty 2nd, 3rd, or 4th processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5252)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
(#5254) 8-Way POWER4 Turbo Processor Option

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This Turbo Option feature is a multi-chip module (MCM) which provides eight 1.3 GHz POWER4 processors and incorporates 5.6 MB of shared Level 2 cache.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4 1.3 GHz MCM
  • Attributes required: Empty 2nd, 3rd, or 4th processor position
  • For 7040-681: (#5254)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
(#5257) Processor Bus Pass Through Module

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2007)

The Processor Bus Pass Through Module provides processor bus interconnection through processor positions which do not contain processor modules.

  • Attributes provided: Processor bus interconnection
  • Attributes required: Empty Processor Module position
  • For 7040-681: (#5257)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One #5257 Processor Bus Pass Through Module must be installed in each empty processor position on 7040-681 systems equipped with two or more processor modules. Processor Bus Pass Through Modules are not required on systems equipped with only one processor module.

(#5723) 2 Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 7040-681: (#5723)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20 )
    • OS level required: AIX V5.2 or higher. For Linux information, refer to the following Web site:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#5752) 4.7 GB SCSI DVD-RAM Drive

The 4.7 GB SCSI DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a half high form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 4800 KB/sec CD-ROM (32X) max @ outer diameter; 13.5 MB/sec read (10X DVD-ROM); 2.77 MB/sec write (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.77 MB/sec read (2X DVD-RAM)
  • Interface: SCSI
  • Average Random Access Time: 110 ms CD-ROM; 130 ms DVD-ROM; 150 ms DVD-RAM
  • Buffer Memory: 2 MB
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs and 12cm discs.
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position (8cm discs in horizontal position only)
  • Reads multi-session discs
  • Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs.
  • Reads 2.6GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7GB and 9.4GB double sided DVD-RAM media
  • Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
  • Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE DVD-RAM Drive
  • Attributes required: One half high media bay
  • For 7040-681: (#5752)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1, 5.2 or later. For Linux, Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
      hardware/factsfeatures.html
       
      
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: One device capable of reading CD media is required per 7040-681. This DVD RAM may be mounted in the rear bays of the #8692 media drawer only if the operating environment is maintained at 24 degrees C (75.2 degrees F) or below. This device is allowed in the rear bays of the #8692 media drawer only on systems installed at 2134 meters (7000 ft) or below.

(#6120) IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology

(No longer available as of February 29, 2008)

The IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA** Technology is a 5.25-inch, half-high, Ultra2 LVD 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses VXAtape** data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB - a significant increase in capacity over the previous internal tape drives.

Characteristics:

  • Capacity: 80 GB native mode, 160 GB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: uses VXAtape data cartridges
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 6MBps native mode, 12MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (LVD/SE) asynchronous/synchronous
  • Compatability: 80 GB mode (Read/Write), 160 GB compression (Read/Write)
  • Attributes provided: One 80/160 GB internal tape drive
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal 16-bit address

    The IBM 80/160 GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology (#6120) is limited to systems without Primary Integrated Battery Backup (#6200) or Redundant Integrated Battery Backup (#6201) installed, Media Drawer (#8692) front bay locations only, and a maximum system ambient operating temperature of 28 C (82.4 F) at a maximum operating altitude of 2134 m (7000 ft). Lower altitudes have higher maximum ambient operating temperatures. Refer to the 7040 System Planning Guide for additional details.

  • For 7040-681: (#6120)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#6158) 20/40GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

The 20/40 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 40 GB - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 12/24 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DDS-4 media).

Characteristics:

  • Capacity: 20 GB native mode, 40 GB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM 4-mm DDS-4 data cartridge
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous
  • Compatibility: 4 GB mode (Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB mode(Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write), 20 GB mode (Read/Write), 40 GB compression (Read/Write).

Note: MES orders are shipped with both a black and a white bezel.

  • Attributes provided: 4-mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal SE 16-bit address
  • For 7040-681: (#6158)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
      www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

Note: This 4-mm tape may be mounted in the rear bays of the #8962 media drawer only if the operating environment is maintained at 24 degrees C (75.2 degrees F) or below.

(#6161) Cable Group, Power Controller to CEC and Fans

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This cable group provides power cables from the Power Controller to the CEC and four cooling fans.

  • Attributes provided: Power cabling for CEC and fans
  • Attributes required: Empty Power connection
  • For 7040-681: (#6161)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#6162) Interface Cable, Service Processor to Power Subsystem

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This cable provides an interface between the power subsystem and the system service processor.

  • Attributes provided: Service Processor Interface Cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#6162)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#6170) Power Converter Assembly, Central Electronics Complex

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This feature converts power from the bulk power assembly to the voltage levels required for the components in the systems Central Electronics Complex.

  • Attributes provided: CEC Power Converter
  • Attributes required: Empty Power Converter Location
  • For 7040-681: (#6170)
    • Minimum required: 2
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

    Note: Two of these regulators are required to provide sufficient power to support the CEC planar components, memory, and the first processor module.

(#6181) Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This power cable group provides power from the power controller to the power converter assembly.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Empty power connection.
  • For 7040-681: (#6181)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#6182) Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This power cable group provides power from the power controller to the power converter assembly.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Empty power connection.
  • For 7040-681: (#6182)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#6183) Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This power cable group provides power from the power controller to the power converter assembly.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Empty power connection.
  • For 7040-681: (#6183)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#6184) Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This power cable group provides power from the power controller to the power converter assembly.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Empty power connection.
  • For 7040-681: (#6184)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#6189) DC Power Converter, CEC, Additional

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature converts power from the bulk power assembly to the voltage levels required for the components in the systems Central Electronics Complex.

  • Attributes provided: CEC Power Converter
  • Attributes required: Empty Power Converter Location
  • For 7040-681: (#6189)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

      Note: The second, third, and fourth MCM on all 7040-681 servers each require one #6189 Power Converter. One additional #6189 Power Converter is required on any 7040-681 server configured with one or more POWER4+ 1.7 GHz MCMs.

(#6198) Capacitor Book, Two Processor Modules

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

Capacitor books are required for processor modules installed in the system Central Electronics Complex. One capacitor book is required for each two populated processor module locations.

  • Attributes provided: Capacitor Book
  • Attributes required: Empty Capacitor Book Position
  • For 7040-681: (#6198)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#6202) Power Cable Group, CEC to Power Controller, Additional Power Option

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This power cable group provides power from the power controller to a power converter assembly in the CEC. It is utilized for configuration options which require additional power for CEC operation.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Empty Power Connection
  • For 7040-681: (#6202)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is required when four 1.7 GHz POWER4+ MCMs (#5246 and/or #7406) are installed in the 7040-681 CEC.

(#6404) Support Processor with Remote I/O Loop Attachment, Two Loops

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This feature provides the systems Support (Service) Processor and four RIO (Remote I/O) ports for connection of two RIO loops.

  • Attributes provided: Support Processor and four RIO Ports
  • Attributes required: Empty first SP and RIO Port Position
  • For 7040-681: (#6404)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#6410) Remote I/O Loop Adapter, Four Loop

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides eight additional RIO (Remote I/O) ports for connection of four RIO loops.

  • Attributes provided: Eight RIO Ports
  • Attributes required: Empty RIO Port Position
  • For 7040-681: (#6410)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#6418) Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment, Two Loops

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides the systems Support (Service) Processor and four RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) ports for connection of two RIO-2 loops.

  • Attributes provided: Support Processor and four RIO-2 Ports
  • Attributes required: Empty first SP and RIO-2 Port Position
  • For 7040-681: (#6418)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#6419) Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Four Loop

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides eight additional RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) ports for connection of four RIO-2 loops.

  • Attributes provided: Eight RIO-2 Ports
  • Attributes required: Empty RIO-2 Port Position and Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment (#6418)
  • For 7040-681: (#6419)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#6432) 2 Link Switch Network Interface (p690)

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

The 2 Link Switch Network Interface (SNI) for the p690 provides the attachment to the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS). The 2 Link SNI plugs into the GX bus of the p690. Connection to the HPS is accomplished by using the copper switch cable features.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Link SNI to attach to the HPS
  • Attributes required: Available GX position (H1 or H4) in the p690
  • For 7040-681: (#6432)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The total quantity of #6432 plus #6434 must not exceed two.

(#6434) 4 Link Switch Network Interface (p690)

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

The 4 Link Switch Network Interface (SNI) for the p690 provides the attachment to the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS). The 4 Link SNI plugs into the GX bus of the p690. Connection to the HPS is accomplished by using the copper switch cable features.

  • Attributes provided: 4 Link SNI to attach to the HPS
  • Attributes required: Available GX position (H1 or H4) in the p690
  • For 7040-681: (#6434)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: The total quantity of #6432 plus #6434 must not exceed two.

(#6437) Dual SNI Link to Single SNI Link Converter

The Dual SNI Link to Single SNI Link Converter is used in conjunction with the 2 Link SNI features #6432 and #6420 to create an SNI package that has only one link. This feature enables customers to connect more servers to the High Performance Switch, when the customer is interested in connectivity compared to switch bandwidth. #6437 is a hardened wrap for one of the SNI Links on the #6432 (Q4 is wrapped) or on #6420 (Q2 is wrapped).

  • Attributes provided: Dual to Single Link SNI Converter
  • Attributes required: Available 2 Link SNI Feature
  • For 7040-681: (#6437)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2 )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires one #6432 per #6437.

(#6440) 633MHz Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment, Two Loops

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a 633MHz systems Support (Service) Processor and four RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) ports for connection of two RIO-2 loops.

  • Attributes provided: Support Processor and four RIO-2 Ports
  • Attributes required: Empty first SP and RIO-2 Port Position
  • For 7040-681: (#6440)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#6441) 633MHz Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter, Four Loop

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides eight additional RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) ports for connection of four RIO-2 loops.

  • Attributes provided: Eight RIO-2 Ports
  • Attributes required: Empty RIO-2 Port Position and #6440 Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment
  • For 7040-681: (#6441)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later, or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Requires #6440 Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter.

(#6565) Backplane, Central Electronics Complex

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

This feature provides the CEC (Central Electronics Complex) backplane for the system unit. It incorporates locations for up to four processor modules, eight memory cards, system capacitor books, RIO Connections for I/O drawer attachment, and associated system components.

  • Attributes provided: CEC Backplane
  • Attributes required: Empty Backplane Location
  • For 7040-681: (#6565)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#6600) Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6600)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6601) Quiet Touch Keyboard, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6601)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6602) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6602)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6603) Quiet Touch Keyboard, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6603)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6604) Quiet Touch Keyboard, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6604)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6605) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6605)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6606) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6606)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6629) Quiet Touch Keyboard, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6629)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6638) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#6640) Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English ISO9995, #103P

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#6640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7315 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer. Maximum of one keyboard per #7315 Hardware Management Console.

(#7040) 16GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 8GB Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides one inward facing 16GB 633MHz CUoD Memory card with 8GB of memory active. It is utilized to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 16GB inward facing memory card with 8GB active
  • Attributes required: Empty inward facing memory position
  • For 7040-681: (#7040)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: Feature #7040 must be ordered in pairs

(#7041) 16GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 8GB Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides one outward facing 16GB 633MHz CUoD Memory card with 8GB of memory active. It is utilized to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 16GB outward facing memory card with 8GB active
  • Attributes required: Empty outward facing memory position
  • For 7040-681: (#7041)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: Feature #7041 must be ordered in pairs.

(#7043) 32GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 16GB Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides one inward facing 32GB 633MHz CUoD Memory card with 16GB of memory active. It is utilized to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 32GB inward facing memory card with 16GB active
  • Attributes required: Empty inward facing memory position
  • For 7040-681: (#7043)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: Feature #7043 must be ordered in pairs. This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature converson only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#7045) 32GB 633MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 16GB Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides one ouward facing 32GB 633MHz CUoD Memory card with 16GB of memory active. It is utilized to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 32GB outward facing memory card with 16GB active
  • Attributes required: Empty outward facing memory position
  • For 7040-681: (#7045)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: Feature #7045 must be ordered in pairs.

(#7050) 16 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 8 GB Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides one inward facing 16 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory card with 8 GB of memory active. It is utilized to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 16 GB inward facing memory card with 8 GB active
  • Attributes required: Empty inward facing memory position
  • For 7040-681: (#7050)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: Feature #7050 must be ordered in pairs. This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#7051) 16 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 8 GB Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides one outward facing 16 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory card with 8 GB of memory active. It is utilized to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 16 GB outward facing memory card with 8 GB active
  • Attributes required: Empty outward facing memory position
  • For 7040-681: (#7051)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: Feature #7051 must be ordered in pairs. This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#7054) 32 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Inward Facing, 16 GB Active

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides one inward facing 32 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory card with 16 GB of memory active. It is utilized to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 32 GB inward facing memory card with 16 GB active
  • Attributes required: Empty inward facing memory position
  • For 7040-681: (#7054)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: Feature #7054 must be ordered in pairs. This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#7055) 32 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory Card, Outward Facing, 16 GB Active

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides one outward facing 32 GB 567 MHz CUoD Memory card with 16 GB of memory active. It is utilized to provide memory Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 32 GB outward facing memory card with 16 GB active
  • Attributes required: Empty outward facing memory position
  • For 7040-681: (#7055)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: Feature #7055 must be ordered in pairs. This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#7060) 4 GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7050 and #7051

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature provides a 4 GB memory activation for FC #7050 or #7051 CUoD memory cards

  • Attributes provided: 4 GB memory activation
  • Attributes required: #7050 or #7051 CUoD memory card with inactive memory.
  • For 7040-681: (#7060)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7061) 4 GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7054 and #7055

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature provides a 4 GB memory activation for FC #7054 or #7055 CUoD memory cards

  • Attributes provided: 4GB memory activation
  • Attributes required: #7054 or #7055 CUoD memory card with inactive memory.
  • For 7040-681: (#7061)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only
(#7063) 4GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7040 and #7041

(No Longer Available as of March 8, 2016)

This feature provides a 4GB memory activation for FC #7040 or #7041 CUoD memory cards

  • Attributes provided: 4GB memory activation
  • Attributes required: #7040 or #7041 CUoD memory card with inactive memory.
  • For 7040-681: (#7063)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7064) 4GB CUoD Memory Activation for Feature #7043 and #7045

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature provides a 4GB memory activation for FC #7043 or #7045 CUoD memory cards

  • Attributes provided: 4GB memory activation
  • Attributes required: #7043 or #7045 CUoD memory card with inactive memory.
  • For 7040-681: (#7064)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7315) Hardware Management Console I

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2002)

This IBM Hardware Management Console for pSeries (HMC) is a dedicated desktop workstation which provides a graphical user interface for configuring and operating pSeries servers functioning in either SMP or Logical Partitioning (LPAR) environments. It incorporates a set of hardware management applications for configuring and partitioning the server.

The HMC provides a set of functions that are necessary to manage LPAR configurations. These functions include:

  • Create and store LPAR profiles which define the processor, memory, and I/O resources allocated to an individual partition
  • Starting, stopping, and resetting a system partition
  • Boot a partition or system by selecting a profile
  • Display system and partition status
  • Display a virtual operator panel of the contents for each partition or controlled system

The HMC also provides a service focal point for the systems it controls. It is connected to the service processor of the system via a dedicated link. The HMC provides tools for problem determination and service support, such as call-home and error log notification.

The HMC is a dedicated function device. It is utilized only for the control and service functions of the pSeries servers it serves. It is not available for use as a general purpose computing resource.

This HMC has the following fixed hardware attributes:

  • 512 MB of system memory
  • 30 GB minimum hard disk
  • DVD-RAM for configuration backup
  • Two - Integrated serial ports
  • One - Integrated graphics port
  • One - Ethernet card
  • One - Mouse
  • Attributes provided: Hardware Management Console
  • Attributes required: pSeries Server
  • For 7040-681: (#7315)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
(#7316) Hardware Management Console II, Black

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2002)

The IBM Hardware Management Console for pSeries (HMC) is a dedicated desktop workstation which provides a graphical user interface for configuring and operating pSeries servers functioning in either SMP or Logical Partitioning (LPAR) environments. It incorporates a set of hardware management applications for configuring and partitioning the server.

The HMC provides a set of functions that are necessary to manage LPAR configurations. These functions include:

  • Create and store LPAR profiles which define the processor, memory, and I/O resources allocated to an individual partition
  • Starting, stopping, and resetting a system partition
  • Boot a partition or system by selecting a profile
  • Display system and partition status
  • Display a virtual operator panel of the contents for each partition or controlled system

The HMC also provides a service focal point for the systems it controls. It is connected to the service processor of the system via a dedicated link. The HMC provides tools for problem determination and service support, such as call-home and error log notification.

The HMC is a dedicated function device. It is utilized only for the control and service functions of the pSeries servers it serves. It is not available for use as a general purpose computing resource.

This HMC has the following fixed hardware attributes:

  • 1 GB of system memory
  • 40 GB minimum hard disk
  • DVD-RAM for configuration backup
  • Two - Integrated serial ports
  • One - Integrated graphics port
  • One - Integrated Ethernet port
  • One - Mouse
  • Attributes provided: Hardware Management Console
  • Attributes required: pSeries Server
  • For 7040-681: (#7316)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7403) 8-Way POWER4 CUoD Processor Option, 4-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides an 8-way 1.1 GHz MCM (equivalent of #5252) with four processors active. It is utilized to provide processor Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4 MCM with 4 Processors Active
  • Attributes required: Empty Processor Position
  • For 7040-681: (#7403)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS Level Required: AIX 5L V5.1 (with AIX 51-003 or higher Recommended Maintenance Package and PTFs U483632 and U483633) or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7404) 8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor 4-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2007)

This feature provides an 8-way 1.5 GHz MCM (equivalent of #5243) with four processors active. It is utilized to provide processor Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4+ MCM with 4 Processors Active
  • Attributes required: Empty Processor Position
  • For 7040-681: (#7404)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires #6418 - Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment.

This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#7405) 8-Way POWER4 Turbo CUoD Processor Option, 4-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides an 8-way 1.3 GHz Turbo MCM (equivalent of #5254) with four processors active. It is utilized to provide processor Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4 MCM with 4 Processors Active
  • Attributes required: Empty Processor Position
  • For 7040-681: (#7405)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS Level Required: AIX 5L V5.1 (with AIX 51-003 or higher Recommended Maintenance Package and PTFs U483632 and U483633) or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7406) 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo CUoD Processor 4-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides an 8-way 1.7 GHz MCM (equivalent of #5246) with four processors active. It is utilized to provide processor Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4+ MCM with 4 Processors Active
  • Attributes required: Empty Processor Position
  • For 7040-681: (#7406)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

Note: This feature requires #6418 - Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Attachment.

This feature requires returned parts when shipped as a feature conversion only. Standard MES shipments do not require return of parts.

(#7407) 8-Way POWER4+ CUoD Processor 0-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

This feature provides an 8-way 1.5 GHz MCM (equivalent of #5243) with no processors active. It is used to provide a backup server configuration with redundant capacity. This feature includes thirty days of activation for all eight processors, which can be turned on at any time to protect against unplanned system outages. Feature 7407 can be ordered only with a quantity of three per system.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4+ MCM, No Processors Active, with 30 days of activation
  • Attributes required: Feature 7404 processor card
  • For 7040-681: (#7407)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: If this feature is ordered, the quantity must be three.

(#7408) 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo CUoD Processor 0-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature provides an 8-way 1.7 GHz MCM (equivalent of #5246) with no processors active. It is used to provide a backup server configuration with redundant capacity. This feature includes thirty days of activation for all eight processors, which can be turned on at any time to protect against unplanned system outages. Feature 7408 can be ordered only with a quantity of three per system.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4+ MCM with no Processors Active, with 30 days of activation
  • Attributes required: Feature 7406 processor card
  • For 7040-681: (#7408)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: If this feature is ordered, the quantity must be three.

(#7409) 8-Way POWER4 Turbo CUoD Processor Option, 0-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides an 8-way 1.3 GHz Turbo MCM (equivalent of #5254) with no processors active. It is used to provide a backup server configuration with redundant capacity. This feature includes thirty days of activation for all eight processors, which can be turned on at any time to protect against unplanned system outages. Feature 7409 can be ordered only with a quantity of three per system.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way POWER4+ MCM, No Processors Active, with 30 days of activation
  • Attributes required: Feature 7405 processor card
  • For 7040-681: (#7409)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: If this feature is ordered, the quantity must be three.

(#7413) Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7403

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature provides a two processor activation for processor CUoD MCM feature #7403.

  • Attributes provided: Two processor activation for CUoD feature #7403
  • Attributes required: CUoD Processor #7403 with two inactive processors
  • For 7040-681: (#7413)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS Level Required: AIX 5L V5.1 (with AIX 51-003 or higher Recommended Maintenance Package and PTFs U483632 and U483633) or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two activations per #7403 CUoD processor MCM.

(#7414) Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7404

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature provides a two processor activation for processor CUoD MCM feature #7404.

  • Attributes provided: Two processor activation for CUoD feature #7403
  • Attributes required: CUoD Processor #7404 with two inactive processors
  • For 7040-681: (#7414)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7415) Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7405

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature provides a two processor activation for processor CUoD MCM feature #7405.

  • Attributes provided: Two processor activation for CUoD feature #7405
  • Attributes required: CUoD Processor #7405 with two inactive processors
  • For 7040-681: (#7415)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS Level Required: AIX 5L V5.1 (with AIX 51-003 or higher Recommended Maintenance Package and PTFs U483632 and U483633) or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two activations per #7405 CUoD processor MCM.

(#7416) Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7406

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature provides a two processor activation for processor CUoD MCM feature #7406

  • Attributes provided: Two processor activation for CUoD feature #7406
  • Attributes required: CUoD Processor #7406 with two inactive processors
  • For 7040-681: (#7416)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 5.1 with 5100-04 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39794) and APAR IY36771 or later, or Version 5.2 with 5200-01 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY39795) and APAR IY36772 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7423) On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7403

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

This On/Off CoD (Capacity on Demand) feature provides thirty days of usage for two processors on CUoD (Capacity Upgrade on Demand) processor feature #7403.

  • Attributes provided: Thirty days of usage for two processors
  • Attributes required: Two inactive processors on CUoD processor feature #7403
  • For 7040-681: (#7423)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7424) On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7404

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

This On/Off CoD (Capacity on Demand) feature provides thirty days of usage for two processors on CUoD (Capacity Upgrade on Demand) processor feature #7404.

  • Attributes provided: Thirty days of usage for two processors
  • Attributes required: Two inactive processors on CUoD processor feature #7404
  • For 7040-681: (#7424)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7425) On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7405

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

This On/Off CoD (Capacity on Demand) feature provides thirty days of usage for two processors on CUoD (Capacity Upgrade on Demand) processor feature #7405.

  • Attributes provided: Thirty days of usage for two processors
  • Attributes required: Two inactive processors on CUoD processor feature #7405
  • For 7040-681: (#7425)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7426) On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7406

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

This On/Off CoD (Capacity on Demand) feature provides thirty days of usage for two processors on CUoD (Capacity Upgrade on Demand) processor feature #7406.

  • Attributes provided: Thirty days of usage for two processors
  • Attributes required: Two inactive processors on CUoD processor feature #7406
  • For 7040-681: (#7426)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7431) 8-Way POWER4+ Turbo 1.9GHz CUoD Processor 4-Way Active

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2007)

This feature provides an 8-way 1.9GHz MCM (equivalent of #5241) with four processors active. It is utilized to provide processor Capacity Upgrade on Demand.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way 1.9GHz POWER4+ MCM with 4 Processors Active
  • Attributes required: Empty Processor Position
  • For 7040-681: (#7431)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Feature conversion only

    Note: Requires #6440 Support Processor with Remote I/O-2 (RIO-2) Loop Adapter.

(#7441) Two Processor Activation for CUoD Processor Feature #7431

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature provides a two processor activation for processor CUoD MCM feature #7431.

  • Attributes provided: Two processor activation for CUoD feature #7431
  • Attributes required: CUoD Processor #7431 with two inactive processors
  • For 7040-681: (#7441)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8 )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#7451) On/Off CoD 30-Day Two Processor Activation for Processor Feature #7431

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

This On/Off CoD (Capacity on Demand) feature provides thirty days of usage for two processors on CUoD (Capacity Upgrade on Demand) processor feature #7431.

  • Attributes provided: Thirty days of usage for two processors
  • Attributes required: Two inactive processors on CUoD processor feature #7431
  • For 7040-681: (#7451)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max )
    • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.1 with the 5100-05 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48486), or later. Or AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-02 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY48488), or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: No
(#8007) System CEC Backplane - Upgrade Indicator

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature is ordered when performing a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion. It indcates that a system backplane (equivalent of #6565) is carried over from the existing system to the upgraded system.

  • Attributes provided: Machine records update
  • Attributes required: Initial model conversion order
  • For 7040-681: (#8007)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is available only at the time of the initial order of a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion.

(#8009) POWER4 1.1 GHz First MCM - Upgrade Indicator

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature is ordered when performing a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion. It indcates that the first 8-way 1.1GHz MCM (equivalent of #5242) is carried over from the existing system to the upgraded system.

  • Attributes provided: Machine records update
  • Attributes required: Initial model conversion order
  • For 7040-681: (#8009)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is available only at the time of the initial order of a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion.

(#8010) POWER4 1.1GHz Second MCM - Upgrade Indicator

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature is ordered when performing a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion. It indcates that the second 8-way 1.1GHz MCM (equivalent of #5252) is carried over from the existing system to the upgraded system.

  • Attributes provided: Machine records update
  • Attributes required: Initial model conversion order
  • For 7040-681: (#8010)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is available only at the time of the initial order of a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion.

(#8011) 128 MB Level 3 Cache, 400 MHz - Upgrade Indicator

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature is ordered when performing a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion. It indcates that the 32 MB of 400 MHz L3 Cache (equivalent of #4138) is carried over from the existing system to the upgraded system.

  • Attributes provided: Machine records update
  • Attributes required: Initial model conversion order
  • For 7040-681: (#8011)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is available only at the time of the initial order of a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion.

(#8012) POWER4+ 1.5 GHz MCM - Upgrade Indicator

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2007)

This feature is ordered when performing a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion. It indcates that the first 8-way 1.5GHz MCM (equivalent of #5243) is carried over from the existing system to the upgraded system.

  • Attributes provided: Machine records update
  • Attributes required: Initial model conversion order
  • For 7040-681: (#8012)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is available only at the time of the initial order of a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion.

(#8013) 128 MB Level 3 Cache, 500 MHz - Upgrade Indicator

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature is ordered when performing a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion. It indcates that the 32 MB of 500 MHz L3 Cache (equivalent of #4198) is carried over from the existing system to the upgraded system.

  • Attributes provided: Machine records update
  • Attributes required: Initial model conversion order
  • For 7040-681: (#8013)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is available only at the time of the initial order of a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion.

(#8014) Processor Bus Pass Through Module - Upgrade Indicator

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature is ordered when performing a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion. It indcates that a processor pass through module (equivalent of #5257) is carried over from the existing system to the upgraded system.

  • Attributes provided: Machine records update
  • Attributes required: Initial model conversion order
  • For 7040-681: (#8014)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is available only at the time of the initial order of a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion.

(#8015) System CEC Backplane Replacement - Upgrade Indicator

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This feature is ordered when performing a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion. It indcates that a system backplane (equivalent to #6565) has been installed in the upgraded system.

  • Attributes provided: Machine records update
  • Attributes required: Initial model conversion order
  • For 7040-681: (#8015)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Yes

Note: This feature is available only at the time of the initial order of a 7040-671 (p670) to 7040-681 (p690) model conversion.

(#8120) Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host, 6-Meter

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This 6-meter cable provides an asynch connection between the HMC (Hardware Management Console) and the host system. It provides a 9-pin female connector for HMC connection and a 9-pin male connection to attach to the HMC port on the host system. A 9-pin to 25-pin adapter is also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 6-meter HMC attachment cable
  • Attributes required: Empty 9-pin asynch port on HMC
  • For 7040-681: (#8120)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#8121) Attachment Cable, Hardware Management Console to Host, 15-Meter

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

This 15-meter cable provides an asynch connection between the HMC (Hardware Management Console) and the host system. It provides a 9-pin female connector for HMC connection and a 9-pin male connection to attach to the HMC port on the host system. A 9-pin to 25-pin adapter is also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 15-meter HMC attachment cable
  • Attributes required: Empty 9-pin asynch port on HMC
  • For 7040-681: (#8121)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#8131) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides attachment between the 128-port Asynchronous Controller and the first RAN in a daisy chain, or attachment between RANs in the daisy chain.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 7040-681: (#8131)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#8132) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable may be substituted for the 4.5 meter (15 foot) async controller cable whenever a customer configuration requires stacked Remote Async Nodes.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 7040-681: (#8132)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#8133) RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable can be used to attach EIA-232 devices to the 16 port EIA 232 Remote Async Node (FC 8130 or FC 8134) for the 128-Port Async subsystem. This cable provides a 25-pin D shell connector for device attachment. Four cables are provided per each order.

  • Attributes provided: 4 DB-25 EIA-232 ports
  • Attributes required: 4 RJ-45 ports from a RAN (8130, 8134, 8136)
  • For 7040-681: (#8133)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#8137) Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

Provides remote connection of up to 16 EIA-232 devices to a 128-Port Asynchronous Controller.

Each port can be individually programmed to provide a asynchronous connection of 230 Kbaud, but a limited number of ports in a maximum configuration (128 ports) can be supported at this baud rate.

  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel, ISA or PCI host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of up to 31 meters (100 feet), depending on the baud rate.
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters (sync data rate set at 1.2 Mbps) from host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 EIA-232 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One 128-port adapter per eight (#8137s)
  • For 7040-681: (#8137)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#8692) Media Drawer, Operator Panel, Diskette

(No Longer Available as of November 18, 2005)

The media drawer feature provides the system operator panel, a diskette drive, and four bays for media devices. The media drawer is divided into front and rear sections. Each section of the media drawer is powered separately from a 7040-61D I/O drawer and must be cabled to separate SCSI PCI adapters.

The front section contains the operator panel, diskette drive, and two media bays. It must contain one device capable of reading CD-ROM media.

Use of the rear half of the media drawer is optional. It contains space for two additional media devices if desired. These devices are accessible from the rear of the system.

  • Attributes provided: Operator Panel, Diskette Drive, and up to four media bays
  • Attributes required: 6040-61D I/O Drawer and SCSI PCI attachment
  • For 7040-681: (#8692)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#8700) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8701) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8701)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8702) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8702)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8703) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8704) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8705) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8706) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8729) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8729)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8735) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8735)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8738) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8738)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#8740) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995, #103P

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7040-681: (#8740)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: This keyboard is to be ordered with the 7040-681 for use with the Hardware Management Console feature #7316 only. Keyboards for general purpose use on pSeries 690 systems are ordered with the 7040-61D I/O drawer.

    Maximum of one keyboard per #7316 Hardware Management Console.

(#9004) Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Specifies that southern hemisphere models are required for all monitors on the initial plant order or on MES orders.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Monitor
  • For 7040-681: (#9004)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9300)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7040-681: (#9705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required:
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9715)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7040-681: (#9719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7040-681: (#9720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9724)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
    • CSU: Does not apply
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9800) Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada

The following countries use the #9800 power cord to power the system unit and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord.

  • DOM U.S.
  • 649 CANADA
  • 832 SAUDI ARABIA
  • 619 BAHAMAS
  • 621 BARBADOS
  • 627 BERMUDA
  • 629 BOLIVIA
  • 631 BRAZIL
  • 661 COLOMBIA
  • 663 COSTA RICA
  • 681 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
  • 683 ECUADOR
  • 829 EL SALVADOR
  • 731 GUATEMALA
  • 640 GUYANA
  • 735 HONDURAS
  • 759 JAMAICA
  • 781 MEXICO
  • 791 NETHERLANDS ANTILLES
  • 811 PANAMA
  • 843 SURINAM
  • 859 TRINIDAD
  • 871 VENEZUELA
  • 760 JAPAN
  • 761 JAPAN (PDS)
  • 766 KOREA
  • 818 PHILIPPINES
  • 858 TAIWAN
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9802) Power Cord Specify - Brazil (125V, 15A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9802)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#9820) Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9821) Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9821)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9825) Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9825)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9827) Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9827)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9828) Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9828)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9829) Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9829)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9830) Power Cord Specify - Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9831) Power Cord Specify - Argentina (250V, 10A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9831)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9833) Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

(#9834) Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7040-681: (#9834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature is ordered with the 7040-681 to specify the appropriate power cords for the Hardware Management Console (feature #7315) and it's associated displays only. Power cabling for the 7040-681 Central Electronics Complex is provided from the bulk power assemblies in the 7040-61R rack and does not utilize this feature.

Feature exchanges

Not available.
Back to topBack to top
 

Accessories

None.

Customer replacement parts

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Machine elements

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Supplies

None.

Supplemental media

None.

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited.
 © IBM Corporation 2018.
Back to topBack to top

Share this page

Digg Linked In

Contact IBM

Feedback

-->